Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPLANS Remodel 131 Stanley Ave B 2021-07-021. All contractors shall inspect the site, review drawings and specifications and be fully informed as to work required to fulfill the contract prior to bidding. 2. All contractors take all measurements for the work and be responsible for same. Coordinate the work and shop drawings with all other trades affected and make any necessary offsets to conceal piping and ductwork and to clear equipment, structural members and other obstructions. 3. All materials and equipment shall be new, of the best quality and free from defects. 4. All work shall comply with applicable regulations, codes and ordinances. Notify architect of any code violations before commencing with work. 5. The contractor shall perform all tests as specified or as necessary to demonstrate a complete and satisfactory installation. 6. Coordinate all building dimensions at the site with the architect as necessary. 7. The contractor shall work with the conditions as they exist at the site. Coordinate all above ceiling work to ensure a complete and operational system at no additional cost to the owner. Coordination shall include, but not be limited to the following: a. the owner's equipment requirements b. the ceiling support system c. the mechanical ductwork system d. the lighting fixtures e. electrical wiring and conduit systems f. installation of new and existing sound system components g. the plumbing and piping systems UC HEALTH TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER BUILDING DATA SYMBOLS LEGEND EXAM 101 101 ROOM NUMBER DOOR NUMBER INTERIOR PARTITION TYPE: SEE SHEET A3-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SECTION OR EXT. ELEVATION REFERENCED TO DRAWINGS EX: SECTION 7 ON SHEET A9-2 DETAIL REFERENCED TO DRAWINGS EX: DET B3 ON SHEET A7-1 WORK POINT OR FLOOR ELEVATION REFLECTIVE CEILING HEIGHTS9'-0" A.F.F. A 7 A9-2 B3 A7-1 1-DP 1-FP 1-CP 1 A A A B C D 1 A5-1 A DEMO PLAN CODED NOTE FLOOR PLAN CODED NOTE CEILING PLAN CODED NOTE REVISIONS (ISSUE) COLUMN LINE (NEW) COLUMN LINE (EXISTING) INTERIOR ELEVATION MARKER WINDOW TYPE 131 STANLEY AVE, SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 80517 ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AS ADOPTED BY THE FOLLOWING GOVERNING AUTHORITIES: CITY ESTES PARK COUNTY LARIMER STATE COLORADO ZONING OFFICE (O) CITY CODE 2017 ESTES PARK AMENDMENTS TO THE 2015 ICC CODES BUILDING CODE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MECHANICAL CODE 2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE PLUMBING CODE 2015 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE ELECTRICAL CODE 2020 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE FIRE CODE 2018 IFC LIFE SAFETY CODE 2000 NFPA 101 HANDICAP CODE ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009, ADAG 2010 ENERGY CODE 2015 IECC EXISTING BUILDING CODE 2015 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE CONSTRUCTION TYPE V-B OCCUPANCY B-BUSINESS, MEDICAL OFFICE SPRINKLERED NO NUMBER OF STORIES 2 PROJECT AREA 3,322 SQUARE FEET GENERAL NOTES 2 2 INFECTION CONTROL NOTES: 1. SPECIFY NEGATIVE AIR MACHINES WITH HEPA FILTER BE PROVIDED ON THE PROJECT WITH A SCHEDULED, DOCUMENTED, FILTER CHANGE. 2. SPECIFY THAT THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT BE COMPLETELY SEPARATED BY A SEALED WALL WITH A FIRE-RATED BARRIER FROM THE ADJACENT FUNCTIONING SPACES. 3. SPECIFY PREDETERMINED CONSTRUCTION ROUTES AND TEMPORARY PARTITIONS TO PROMOTE CONSTRUCTION PATH SEGREGATION. 4. PROVIDE STICKY MATS AND WET MATS WITH A SPECIFIC CHANGE OUT SCHEDULE. 5. CONTRACTOR TO TRANSPORT MATERIALS (SPECIFICALLY DEMOLISHED MATERIAL) IN CLOSED CONTAINERS ONLY. THE WHEELS OF THE CART ARE REQUIRED TO BE WIPED DOW N BEFORE LEAVING THE CONSTRUCTION ZONE. 6. IF CEILING TILES OUTSIDE OF THE PROJECT PERIMETER NEED TO BE ACCESSED, A TEMPORARY BARRIER SHALL BE PLACE AND SEALED AROUND IT. THE CONTRACTOR MUST BRING A VACUUM INTO THE SEALED AREA WITH HIM AND VACUUM, BOTH THE AREA AND HIMSELF BEFORE LEAVING THE ENCLOSURE GENERAL PROJECT NOTES 1.THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED FOR BASIC CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES ONLY. THE ARCHITECT DOES NOT WARRANT ANY MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, HARDWARE, ETC. WHETHER IMPLIED OR EXPLICITLY CALLED OUT ON DRAWINGS. 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO INCLUDE LABOR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR THE WORK. INSPECT AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, UTILITY SERVICES, AND ACCESS TO THE SITE. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, REPORT IMMEDIATELY TO THE ARCHITECT. 3. ALL GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO THE SCOPE OF THIS TOTAL PROJECT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE KEYED ON EVERY SHEET TO A SPECIFIC DETAIL. 4. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL CONSTRUCTION MEETS OR EXCEEDS APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARD PRACTICES, INCLUDING ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS. 5. THE ARCHITECT WILL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS OR FOR CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO CARRY OUT THE WORK IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ARCHITECT WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR AGENTS, EMPLOYEES OR OTHER PERSONS PERFORMING THE WORK. 6. ALL PERMITS (OCCUPANCY, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND ALL OTHERS) REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES, EXCEPT THOSE ACQUIRED BY SUBCONTRACTORS, ARE TO BE SECURED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH COPIES TO FACILITY MANAGER WITHOUT EXTRA CHARGE. ALL PERMITS ACQUIRED BY SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR RECORD. 7.EACH TRADE SHALL VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING TO WORK PERFORMED IN THE PROJECT AND ANY REQUIRED PERMITS. ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL DIRECT QUESTIONS, CHANGES OR REQUESTS THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL REQUESTS, CHANGES OR QUESTIONS TO THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. 8. ANY ARCHITECTURAL WORK REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE SCOPE OF WORK GRAPHICALLY INDICATED BY THESE DRAWINGS IS A PART OF THE SCOPE OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. IN THE EVENT ANY WORK IS INDICATED GRAPHICALLY AND NOT NOTED, THE WORK WILL BE EXPECTED TO BE PERFORMED AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE. 9. IF UNANTICIPATED MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OR ANY OTHER CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED W HICH MIGHT CONFLICT WITH THE INTENDED FUNCTION OR DESIGN OF THE RENOVATION, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR CLARIFICATION. COORDINATE ACTIVITIES WITH THE FACILITY MANAGER IN ADVANCE OF DOING WORK. 10. NO UTILITY OR DATA SERVICES MAY BE DISCONNECTED W ITHOUT FIRST CONTACTING THE FACILITY MANAGER IN ADVANCE FOR AUTHORIZATION. 11. LIMIT USE OF THE PREMISES TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IN AREAS INDICATED AS SCOPE OF PROJECT; ALLOW OWNER OCCUPANCY AND USE BY BUILDING'S DRIVERS, MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE PERSONNEL AT ALL TIMES. 12. ALL EGRESS PATHS SHALL REMAIN OPEN AND AVAILABLE TO OWNER AND GUESTS. 13. OBSERVE OSHA AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING USE OF SAFETY GLASSES, HARD HATS AND PROTECTION OF AREA WHEN WORKING OVERHEAD. EMPLOYEES WILL REVIEW CONTENTS OF CONTRACTORS SAFETY RULES AND PROCEDURES. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSTRUCTION SAFETY. 15. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS WITHOUT THOROUGHLY COORDINATING WITH WRITTEN DIMENSIONS, ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 16. COORDINATE WORK OF DISCIPLINES, (ARCH., STRUCT., ELECT., MECH., PIPING) WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS, SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR STORAGE, REMOVALS, NOISE LEVELS, VENTILATION AND LIMITATIONS OF ACCESS TO SITE. COORDINATE WITH FACILITY MANAGER FOR CLARIFICATION. NO CHANGE ORDERS WILL BE PERMITTED FOR FAILURE TO BE AWARE OF OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS. 18. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM PROPERTY AND DISPOSE OF REMOVED MATERIAL LEGALLY. PROVIDE DUMPSTER IF REQUIRED. LEAVE THE SITE IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY CONDITION. PROVIDE OFF SITE TRASH REMOVAL FOR PROJECT- RELATED WORK BY SUBCONTRACTORS, ETC. DRAWING LIST Discipline Sheet Number Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date Revision Date GENERAL G0-1 COVER SHEET 4/21/2021 6/28/2021 LIFE SAFETY LS-1 LIFE SAFETY 4/21/2021 6/21/2021 ARCHITECTURAL AD0-1 DEMOLITION PLAN 4/21/2021 ARCHITECTURAL AD0-2 REFLECTED CEILING DEMOLITION 4/21/2021 6/10/2021 ARCHITECTURAL A1-1 FLOOR PLAN 4/21/2021 6/21/2021 ARCHITECTURAL A3-0 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND TYPICAL TOILET LAYOUTS 4/21/2021 6/21/2021 ARCHITECTURAL A3-1 PARTITION TYPES & DETAILS 4/21/2021 6/30/2021 ARCHITECTURAL A3-3 DOOR & FRAME TYPES, SCHEDULE & DETAILS 4/21/2021 6/21/2021 ARCHITECTURAL A6-1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & DETAIL 4/21/2021 6/21/2021 ARCHITECTURAL A7-1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4/21/2021 6/10/2021 ARCHITECTURAL A7-2 CASEWORK 4/21/2021 INTERIORS I-010 FINISH LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONS 4/21/2021 INTERIORS I-100 INTERIOR FINISH PLAN 4/21/2021 INTERIORS I-400 INTERIOR DETAILS & ELEVATIONS 4/21/2021 INTERIORS I-401 INTERIOR DETAILS 4/21/2021 INTERIORS IF-100 FURNITURE PLAN 4/21/2021 MECHANICAL M0-0 MECHANICAL COVER SHEET, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 4/21/2021 MECHANICAL M0-1 HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL 2 4/21/2021 MECHANICAL M1-1 HVAC PLAN LEVEL 2 4/21/2021 PLUMBING P0-0 PLUMBING COVER SHEET - LEGEND, NOTES, SPECIFICATION & SHEET INDEX 4/21/2021 PLUMBING P0-1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL 2 4/21/2021 PLUMBING P1-1 PLUMBING PLAN LEVEL 2 4/21/2021 PLUMBING P3-1 PLUMBING DETAILS, SCHEDULES & ISOMETRICS 4/21/2021 Electrical E1-0 ELECTRICAL GENERAL INFORMATION 4/21/2021 Electrical E1-1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 4/21/2021 Electrical ED3-1 LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN 4/21/2021 Electrical E3-1 LIGHTING PLAN 4/21/2021 Electrical ED4-1 POWER & SYSTEMS DEMOLITION PLAN 4/21/2021 Electrical E4-1 POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN 4/21/2021 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.30.2021 6/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 0 7 : 4 2 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP/MD 302-102-012 JP G0-1 COVER SHEET UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 2 6/21/2021 6/28/2021 6/21/2021 6/10/2021 2 6/21/2021 6/21/2021 6/21/2021 6/21/2021 4 5 5 5 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 6/10/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS 4 6/21/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS 5 6/28/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS 6 6/30/2021 REVIEW COMMENT 6 A B C D E F G 1 2 3 4 5 6 SUITE 202 TOTAL SUITE 4,227 SQUARE FEET CONSTRUCTION AREA 3,302 SQUARE FEET B OCCUPANCY BREAK ROOM 160 SF/15 = 11 OCCUPANTS WAITING 150 SF/7 = 22 OCCUPANTS CLINIC 3,917 SF/100 = 40 OCCUPANTS TOTAL 73 OCCUPANTS 73 OCCUPANTS - 2 EXITS REQUIRED PER COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL DOORS TO SWING IN DIRECTION OF TRAVEL 2 MEANS OF EGRESS PROVIDED MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTANCE AREA SERVED 108'-2" DISTANCE BETWEEN EXIT DOORS 63'-7" > 54' - OK EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE B PER 2015 IBC 1017.2 92' < 200' - OK LONGEST COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL PER 2015 IBC 1006.2.1 29' < 75' - OK DEAD END CORRIODOR PER 2105 IEBC 805.6 15"<35' OK NEW RATED CORRIDOR OCCUPANT LOAD OF CONSTRUCTION AREA- 51 CORRIDOR SERVES 51 OCCUPANTS - ONE HOUR RATING REQUIRED PER IBC 1020.1 CORRIDOR IN AREA TO REMAIN UNCHANGED TO REMAIN AS IS PER IEBC 302.3 " MATERIALS ALREADY IN USE IN A BUILDING IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS...IN EFFECT AT THEIR TIME OF THEIR ERECTION OR INSTALLATION SHALL BE PERMITTED TO REMAIN UNLESS DETERMINED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL TO BE UNSAFE. " PORTION OF SHARED ENTRY THAT IS BEING MODIFIED WILL BE UPGRADED TO ONE HOUR RATING. ADJACENT TENANTS PROTION TO REMAIN UNCHANGED PER IEBC 302.4 CORRIDOR DESIGN BASED ON EXCEPTION 2 IN SECTION 708.4 2015 IBC. FIXTURE CALCULATIONS 2015 IBC 2902.1.1 B OCCUPANCY 40 OCCUPANTS 20 MEN/20 WOMEN A-2 OCCUPANCY 33 15.5 MEN 15.5 WOMEN TOILETS MEN WOMEN B 20 AT 1/25 0.8 TOILETS 0.8 TOILETS A-2 15.5 AT 1/75 0.20 TOILETS 0.20 TOILETS TOTAL REQUIRED 1 TOILET 1 TOILET LAVATORIES MEN WOMEN B 20 AT 1/40 0.5 LAVS 0.5 LAVS A-2 15.5 AT 1/200 0.08 LAVS 0.08 LAVS TOTAL REQUIRED 0.58 LAV 0.58 LAV DRINKING FOUNTAINS 2 NEW PROVIDED MOP SINK 1 NEW PROVIDED 108' - 2 1/8" 92' 56' 29' 15' 64' 26' 6 3 ' - 7 3 / 8 " EXAM-1 102 EXAM-2 103 EXAM-3 104 WAITING 100 VACCINES 129 EXAM-4 108 EXAM-5 110 LAB/DRAW 111 EXAM-7 112 TREATMENT 113 EXAM-8 114 EXAM-9 115 I.T. 116 EXAM-10 117 STORAGE-1 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 EXAM-6 109 X-RAY 107 M.A. STATION 128 BREAK 127 TOILET -1 105 TOILET-2 106 TOILET-3 120 HALL 134 HALL 135 VITALS 130 E.V.S. 137 OFFICE 121 OFFICE 122 OFFICE 124 OFFICE 125 OPEN OFFICE 123 HALL 133 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 CONSTRUCTION AREA AREA TO REMAIN UNCHANGED ASSEMBLY ACCESSORY OCCUPANCY15 SF COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL SUITE TRAVEL DISTANCE EXIT DISCHARGE EXIT ACCESS LIFE SAFETY LEGEND FIRE EXTINGUISHER 1-HOUR FIRE RATED PARTITION ADJACENT TENANT - NOT IN CONTRACT FIRE VALVE SUITE EXIT ACCESS HORIZONTAL EXIT HE 10' 10' DEAD END CORRIDOR PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.28.2021 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 1 2 : 2 7 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP/MD 302-102-012 JP LS-1 LIFE SAFETY UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 1/8" = 1'-0"LS-1 1 LIFE SAFETY PLAN LEVEL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 6/10/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS 3 6/21/2021 RFI 2 4 6/21/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS A B C D E F G 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 222 2 2 2 2 11 2 2 11 2 2 22 2 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 3 444444444444 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44 55 5 5 14 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 8 8 1 8 3 7 7 2 2 6 12 13 2 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 3 3 3 3 3 3 14 3 3 1515 15 15 15 PH A S E 1 EX I S T I N G PHASE 1 PHASE 2 PH A S E 2 EX I S T I N G 3 7 7 9 1 1 1 1 8 DEMO NOTES 1. REMOVE WALL OR PARTITION SHOWN DASHED. REMOVE ALL ANCHORS, FASTENERS, ADHESIVES AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS ASSOCIATED WITH THE WALL. REMOVE DEVICES WHETHER SPECIFICALLY NOTED OR NOT. 2. REMOVE INTERIOR DOOR FRAME, HARDWARE AND ANCHORS. 3. REMOVE CASEWORK AND WORK SURFACES. REMOVE ALL ANCHORS, FASTENERS, ADHESIVES AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS ASSOCIATED WITH THE CASEWORK. 4. REMOVE EXTERIOR WOOD FRAMED WINDOW. PREP OPENING FOR NEW INSULATED LITE IN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT. SOME DEMOLITION WILL BE COMPLETED BY THE ASBESTOES ABATMENT CONTRACTOR. REMOVE ALL INTERIOR WOOD TRIM 5. REMOVE PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. RE: PLUMBING 6. FLOOR FINISH AND BASE TO REMAIN. 7. REMOVE CARPET FLOORING, INCLUDING ADHESIVE, TACK STRIPS, TRANSITION STRIPS AND BASE. PREPARE SUB FLOOR FOR SCHEDULED SURFACE (TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 8. REMOVE VINYL FLOORING AND ADHESIVE. 9. REMOVE WOOD PLANKS ON WALLS SHOWN DASHED AND PREPARE EXISTING SUB MATERIAL FOR SCHEDULED FINISH 10. NOT USED 11. REMOVE DOOR, FRAME, HARDWARE AND ANCHORS. PREP OPENING FOR NEW 3'-6" WIDE DOOR. 12. REMOVE BUILT IN DESK 13. REMOVE POWER POLE 14. REMOVE SINK AND TRIM. PREP FOR NEW IN SAME LOCATION. RE: PLUMBING 15. REMOVE GYPSUM BOARD FROM BOTH SIDES OF STUDS. PREP FOR NEW TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD. SOME/ALL GYPSUM BOARD MAY HAVE BEEN REMOVED BY ASBESTOS CONTRACTOR. X PH A S E 1 EX I S T I N G PHASE 1 PHASE 2 PH A S E 2 EX I S T I N G BREAK OFFICE CENTRAL STOR OFFICE OFFICE Room MEETING PERFORMANCE BOARD ADMIN RECEPTION DENTAL WAITING MEDICAL WAITING EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM I.T. PROCEDURE BLOOD DRAW OFFICE EXAM EXAM TLT.TLT. MEDICAL SAMPLES DENTIST'S OFFICE STOR PHYS WORK NURSE STATION HALL WAITING GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. DEMOLITION PLANS ARE GENERAL AND DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. THE PLANS ARE NOT INTENDED TO REPRESENT THE TOTAL SCOPE OF WORK. THESE PLANS DO NOT SHOW EACH ITEM THAT IS REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS AS THEY EXIST IN THE FIELD THROUGH SITE INSPECTION AND REVIEW OF THESE DOCUMENTS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE AND COORDINATE THE REMOVAL AND DEMOLITION WORK AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THE FINAL PRODUCT AS INDICATED IN THESE DOCUMENTS. 2. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND FINISH LEGEND FOR NEW FINISHES. REMOVE, CLEAN, PATCH/REPAIR EXISTING SURFACES/FINISHES AS NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEWLY SCHEDULED FINISHES. 3. THE OWNER AND HIS DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES HAVE FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL REGARDING SALVAGEABLE ITEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER. 4. THE PLANS FOR THE EXISTING BUILDING MAY BE REVIEWED UPON REQUEST. THESE PLANS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED ACCURATE AND COMPLETE AS TO THE CONDITIONS AS THEY EXIST IN THE FIELD. 5. EXISTING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE REMOVED OR MODIFIED UNLESS APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY THE ARCHITECT. MODIFICATIONS TO THE FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE RESISTIVE WALL OR FLOOR SYSTEMS SHALL BE RESTORED TO MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED RATING. 6. ALL FLOORS OF THE BUILDING SHALL REMAIN OCCUPIED DURING THE DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS AND ENCLOSURES AS NECESSARY TO SEPARATE/PROTECT THE OCCUPIED AREAS FROM DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 7. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE SCHEDULED. PREP EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE AS NECESSARY FOR NEWLY SCHEDULED FINISHES. 8. REMOVE EXISTING ITEMS AS REQUIRED FOR REUSE IN THE NEW PLAN OR NEW FINISH. CATALOG AND STORE ITEMS IN A SAFE STORAGE AREA SUBJECT TO THE OWNER'S APPROVAL UNTIL THE TIME OF REINSTALLATION. LOST ITEMS SHALL BE REPLACED WITH COMPARABLE NEW ITEM AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 9. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN IN SERVICE AND PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION. 10. WHERE UTILITY SERVICES ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED OR ABANDONED, PROVIDE BYPASS CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF SERVICE TO OTHER PARTS OF BUILDING BEFORE PROCEEDING. 11.CUT OFF PIPE OR CONDUIT IN WALLS OR PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED. CAP, VALVE, OR PLUG AND SEAL THE REMAINING PORTION OF PIPE OR CONDUIT AFTER BYPASSING. 12.PROMPTLY PATCH AND REPAIR HOLES AND DAMAGED SURFACES CAUSED TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION BY DEMOLITION. RESTORE EXPOSED FINISHES OF PATCHED AREAS AND EXTEND FINISH RESTORATION TO ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IN A MANNER THAT ELIMINATES EVIDENCE OF PATCHING AND REFINISHING. 13. COVER AND PROTECT EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO REMAIN FROM SOILING OR DAMAGE WHEN DEMOLITION WORK IS PERFORMED. 14. REFER TO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR EXTENT OF DEMOLITION COMPLETED DURING ABATEMENT. 15. SOME ITEMS SHOWN AS BEING DEMOLISHED MAY HAVE BEEN REMOVED DURING ABATEMENT. 16. GYPSUM BOARD ON EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED MAY HAVE BEEN REMOVED DURING ABATEMENT. 17. ABATEMENT WILL BE COMPLETED IN THE SAME PHASING AS CONSTRCUTION PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.28.2021 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 1 2 : 2 3 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP 302-102-012 JP AD0-1 DEMOLITION PLAN UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 1/4" = 1'-0"AD0-1 1 DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL 2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 4/28/2021 RFI 1 A B C D E F G 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 2 3 3 3 4 4 2 BREAK OFFICE CENTRAL STOR OFFICE OFFICE Room MEETING PERFORMANCE BOARD ADMIN RECEPTION DENTAL WAITING MEDICAL WAITING EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM I.T. PROCEDURE BLOOD DRAW OFFICE EXAM EXAM TLT.TLT. MEDICAL SAMPLES DENTIST'S OFFICE STOR PHYS WORK NURSE STATION HALL PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.28.2021 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 1 2 : 2 4 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP 302-102-012 JP AD0-2 REFLECTED CEILING DEMOLITION UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 1/4" = 1'-0"AD0-2 1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DEMOLITION CEILING DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. REMOVE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM, LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, RETURN AIR GRILLES AND ALL OTHER CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS INCLUDING MISCELLANEOUS CLIPS AND FASTENERS (TYPICAL CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 2. REMOVE PORTION OF GYPSUM BOARD CEILING NOTED. REMAINING GYPSUM BOARD TO REMAIN. 3. REMOVE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 4. GYPSUM BOARD CEILING TO REMAIN. 5. NOT USED 6. EXISTING VAULTED CEILING TO REMAIN UNCHANGED X MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 6/10/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS A B C D E F G 1 2 3 4 5 6 4' - 0 " 4 7/8"10' - 6 1/2" 21 ' - 1 " 4' - 0 " 7' - 6 " 7' - 4"15' - 2 1/4" 4' - 4" 6' - 9 3/8"4 7/8"6' - 9 1/2" 5' - 2 3/8"3' - 6 3/4"5' - 2 1/2" EXAM-2 103 EXAM-3 104 8' - 3 1 / 4 " 135.00° 18 ' - 0 " 4' - 2"1' - 8"9' - 8 3/8" 10' - 7 5/8"10' - 7 5/8" 5' - 0"5' - 11 3/4" 4' - 1 7 / 8 " 3' - 4 1 / 2 " 3' - 8 3 / 4 " 5' - 0 1 / 2 " A7-1 3 A7-1 VACCINES 129 EXAM-4 108 EXAM-5 110 EXAM-7 112 TREATMENT 113 I.T. 116 EXAM-10 117 OPEN OFFICE 119 EXAM-6 109 TOILET -1 105 TOILET-2 106 TOILET-3 120 HALL 135 VITALS 130 ? 127B 11 8 12 7 A 11 7 11 5 11 4 11 3102101128 10 5 10 6 10 0 A7-1 4 1 A3-3 11 2 A A7-1 1 A7-1 89 98 5 6 7 A A A A A A A A A A B BBBBBBCBCBB AA A.1 A7-1 13 A7-1 13 A7-1 13 A7-1 13 A7-1 13 A7-1 13 A7-1 13 A7-113A7-1 13 A7-1 10 OP. OP. OP.OP.30211 6 107 103 104 108 110 111 109 4' - 0" Ex B B B B EEx Ex B B1 B X E E FF E E1x E1x E E1 E1x X 15 1416 TYPICAL TYPICAL OP. DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM SHARPS TA-2 SHARPS SOAP HAND SANITIZER GLOVE BOXES HAND SANITIZER GLOVE BOXES 3' - 7 " 7' - 1 1 1 / 4 " 3' - 0" 1' - 0" 1 E L L L E B E 1 2 4 4 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 A7-2 Sim 1 A7-2 Sim E1x Ex Xx E1x 9 P COPIER REF COAT HOOKS FLOOR SCALE SHARPS SHARPS PC WALL MOUNT SHARPS EXAM TABLE EXAM TABLE EXAM TABLE SHARPS EXAM TABLE SHARPS SHARPS SHARPS EXAM TABLE EXAM TABLE EXAM TABLE EXAM TABLE EXAM TABLE COAT HOOKSTV UC MICROWAVE 2 12 11 GLOVE BOXES HAND SANITIZER GLOVE BOXES DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM PH A S E 1 EX I S T I N G PHASE 1 PHASE 2 PH A S E 2 FU T U R E 17 12 9 PC WALL MOUNT PC WALL MOUNT CR CR CR PC WALL MOUNT E.V.S. 137 OFFICE 121 OFFICE 122OFFICE 124 OFFICE 125 OPEN OFFICE 123 13 7 134 A7-113 CR A7-1 22 A7-1 19 18 20 21 A3-1 7 TYP A3-1 7 TYP ALIGN ALIGN Xx Xx X2x 11 2 B ALIGN Xx F B B WAITING 100 EXAM-1 102 M.A. STATION 128 HALL 133 BREAK 127 LAB/DRAW 111 STORAGE-1 118 HALL 134 EXAM-8 114 EXAM-9 115 X-RAY 107 A7-1 20 19 18 21 E E E E B E F E HALL 131 HALL 132 TA-13ATA-6A TA-6A TA-6A TA-6A TA-13A TA-13A TA-13ATA-6A TA-13A TA-6A TA-6A TA-13ATA-13A TA-6ATA-6A TA-13A TA-6A TA-13A TA-6A TA-5 TA-5 TA-5 TA-5 TA-2 TA-2 TA-2 TA-2 TA-5 TA-2 TA-5 TA-2 TA-5 TA-2 TA-5 TA-5 TA-2 TA-5 TA-2TA-2 TA-5 TA-2 TA-5 TA-2 TA-5 TA-2TA-2 TA-5 TA-5 TA-2 TA-5 TA-2 TA-5 B1 1' - 8 1 / 2 " 1' - 8 " 4' - 4 3/4"1' - 6"1' - 0"A3-1 8 8' - 6 3 / 4 "5' - 9 3/8"1' - 5 3/8"3' - 2 3/8" 3' - 9 " 3' - 2 3/8"6' - 10 1/4" RECEPTION 100A 1' - 3 " A7-1 23 - --- F 2 PC WALL MOUNT PC WALL MOUNT PC WALL MOUNT PC WALL MOUNT PC WALL MOUNT 12 1010 11 5 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PLAN NOTES: ITEMS SHOWN AS DASHED BLUE REPRESENT OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT OR FURNITURE OR OTHER ITEMS. ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS INDICATED IN THIS MANNER ARE ASSUMED TO BE INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 1. SEE SHEET A3-0 FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES DETAILS 2. NEW DRINKING FOUNTAINS. SEE SHEET A3-0 FOR DETAILS 3. PROVIDE PLUMBING ROUGH-INS FOR FUTURE EXAM ROOM SINKS. RE: PLUMBING 4. EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS 5. NEW FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 6. NOT USED 7. INFILL OPENING WHERE WINDOW WAS REMOVED. MATCH ADJACENT CONDITIONS 8. AT ALL LOCATIONS EXTERIOR WINDWS ARE REPLACED, PROVIDE NEW SOLID SURFACE SILL AND GYPSUM BOARD WRAP AT HEAD AND JAMB. RE: 5/A3-3. PROVIDE NEW ROLLER SHADES. RE: INTERIORS 9. INFILL OPENING WHERE DOOR WAS REMOVED. MATCH ADJACENT CONDTIONS. 10. SUPPLY AND INSTALL 4" VINYL ADDRESS NUMERALS ON ENTRY DOORS AT ALL THREE SUITE ENTRANCES TO MEET FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. 11. SUPPLY AND INSTALL KNOXBOX MODEL 3200. VERIFY LOCATION WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 12. PANIC BUTTONS. VERIFY TYPE AND LOCATION WITH UCH. 1 GENERAL FLOOR PLAN NOTES 1. ALL SERVICES SHALL BE KEPT INTO CONTINUOUS OPERATION UNLESS PERMISSION IS GRANTED BY OWNER. 2. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT/HALF-TONED INDICATE EXISTING W ORK TO REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN BOLD/FULL-TONED INDICATES NEW OR MODIFIED WORK. 3. ALL INTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE TYPE B UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE SHEET A 3 -1 FOR WALL TYPES. 4. PROVIDE BACKING AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN OR NOTED. SEE SHEET A 3 -1 FOR TYPICAL BACKING DETAILS. 5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISH WALL SURFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND FINISH LEGEND FOR NEW FINISHES. REMOVE, CLEAN, PATCH/REPAIR EXISTING\ SURFACES/FINISHES AS NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEWLY SCHEDULED FINISHES. 7. EXISTING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE REMOVED OR MODIFIED UNLESS APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY THE ARCHITECT. MODIFICATIONS TO THE FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE RESISTIVE WALL OR FLOOR SYSTEMS SHALL BE RESTORED TO MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED RATING. 8. AREAS OF THE BUILDING SHALL REMAIN OCCUPIED DURING CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS AND ENCLOSURES AS NECESSARY TO SEPARATE/PROTECT THE OCCUPIED AREAS FROM DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 9. PREP EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE AS NECESSARY FOR NEWLY SCHEDULED FINISHES. PROVIDE SELF- LEVELING CONCRETE FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE A SMOOTH, LEVEL SUBSTRATE FOR FLOOR FINISHES. 10. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS IN GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS, ABOVE ALL DOORS AT THE CORNERS, ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL. SEE SHEET A3 SERIES SHEETS. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS IN ALL WALL RUNS EQUAL TO OR EXCEED 30'-0" CONTINUOUS. EXCEPT AT CT WALLS. 11. FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS. LAYOUT ENTIRE AREA W ITHIN CONFINES OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND RESOLVE DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY WALLS. 12. SEE SHEET A 3 SERIES SHEETS FOR WALL PRIORITY LEGEND. IN GENERAL, HIGHEST RATED WALL SHALL TAKE PRIORITY. PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.28.2021 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 1 2 : 0 6 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP/MD 302-102-012 JP A1-1 FLOOR PLAN UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 1/4" = 1'-0"A1-1 1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 4/28/2021 RFI 1 2 6/10/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS 3 6/21/2021 RFI 2 NOTE: LOCATE FLUSH ACTIVATION ON WIDE SIDE AT ALL TOILETS - LOCATE FLUSH VALVE BENEATH ADJACENT GRAB BARS. 7' - 9 " 6" AC C E S S I B L E L A V 4' - 0 " 3' - 2 " M A X A T 1' - 6"2' - 6"1' - 6" 2' - 6"1' - 6" 2' - 0 " 1' - 3" 1' - 3" MA X 2' - 0 " 1' - 6"1' - 3" 4" 7' - 6" MINIMUM 2" MAX 1' - 7" 2' - 5 " M I N 4 3 / 4 ” MA X T O R I M 2' - 1 0 " MIN6" 4' - 0 " DIS P T O S L O T 3' - 4 " 6' - 0 " TO C L 2' - 1 0 " 3' - 6 1/8" 3' - 0" MAX 3' - 4" TO CL 3' - 0" MAX 1'- 6 " M I N . 1'- 6 " M I N . 3' - 4 " SCALE: 1/4" = 1' - 0" PLAN DESIGNATION T4 54" X 60" DOOR APPROACH SPACE PLAN DESIGNATION L1 FINISH FLOOR SECTION LAV COUNTER MIRROR MF07/MF08 LAV SUPPORT INSULATE PIPING SE C T MF07 / MF08 LAV SUPPORT PLAN DESIGNATION EWC2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" NOTE: 1. ACCESSORIES LISTED MAY HAVE GAPS IN ALPHABETICAL LISTING. 2. ACCESSORIES CAN APPEAR ON FLOOR PLANS OR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. FINISH FLOOR ACCESSORY TYPE ACCESSORY DESIGNATION FINISH FACE OF WET WALL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER TA-1 SURFACE MOUNTED MULTI ROLL FINISH FACE OF WET WALL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER TA-1J TWIN JUMBO - ROLL REFER TO PLAN FOR LENGTH AND CONFIGURATION GRAB BAR 12"TA-7 24"TA-7 36"TA-7 42"TA-7 TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER TA-20S SURFACE MOUNTED RECESSED MOP AND BROOM HOLDER - NO SHELF TA-14 SURFACE MOUNTED SPECIMEN PASS - THRU TA-18 THROUGH WALL MOUNTED VERTICAL GRAB BAR TA-7 18" NOTE: COORDINATE LAVATORY MF08 SUPPORTS WITH BOWL LOCATIONS. STANDARD LAYOUTS T4 STANDARD ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY L1 WATER COOLER/ BOTTLE FILLER HI-LO EWC2 ACCESSORY MOUNTING DIAGRAM STANDARD ACCESSIBLE TOILET CLEAR SPACE 56 " T O I L E T CLEAR SPACE 60" TOILET CLEAR SPACE 48 " L A V A T O R Y CLEAR SPACE 30" LAVATORY FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION A ELEVATION B ELEVATION C FLOOR SPACE 48 " C L E A R FLOOR SPACE 30" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 48 " C L E A R FLOOR SPACE 30" CLEAR TA-14 (MOP HOLDER) 4' - 0" EQ EQ WALL PROTECTION 2' - 6 " 4' - 0" TYPICAL MOP SINK LAYOUT WALL PROTECTION 4' - 0 " AC C E S S I B L E 3' - 0 " M A X A T MIN 2' - 3 " 9" TYPICAL SOAP/PAPER @ SINK ELEVATION FINISH FLOOR STANDARD ACCESSIBLE TOILET ELEVATIONS MIN 1' - 3"1' - 6" 2' - 1 0 " 1' - 2" 6" TA-5 (SOAP) TA-7 (36") TA-6 (MIRROR) 7" 3' - 4"6" TA-1 (TLT DISP) TA-7 (42") TA - 7 ( 1 8 " ) TA-8 (SANITARY NAPKIN) 1' - 0" 1' - 8" 4' - 0 " N/C PULL STATION 1' - 6" FINISH FLOOR TA-2 (PAPER TOWEL) INSULATE ALL PIPING AT HC 3' - 2 " 60" ADA TURNING CLEARANCE TA-13a (ROBE HOOK) TA-5 (SOAP) TA-5 (SOAP) TA-2 (PAPER TOWEL) 4' - 0 " SHARPS CONTAINER TO S P O U T 3' - 4 " HAND SANITIZER SURFACE MOUNTED 4' - 0 " GLOVES SURFACE MOUNTED SURFACE MOUNTED COAT RACK SURFACE MOUNTED 4' - 0 " 5' - 9 1 / 2 " T O T O P MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME TA-6 SURFACE MOUNTED 4'- 0 " A T A C C E S S I B L E 5' - 0 " COAT HOOK TA-13a 1 1 /2" SINGLE SURFACE MOUNTED TA-13b SURFACE MOUNTED, NON-ADA DIS P P O I N T 3' - 4 " T O PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TA-2 SURFACE MOUNTED TO S P O U T 3' - 4 " SOAP DISPENSER TA-5 SURFACE MOUNTED 36 " MB MARKER BOARD CB CHALKBOARD TB TACKBOARD 48 " FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER & CABINET TA-20R TA-8(SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL) TA-13a (ROBE HOOK) TA-4 (WASTE) FINISH FLOOR ACCESSORY TYPE ACCESSORY DESIGNATION 9" CA B MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME TA-6a SURFACE MOUNTED 2' - 0 " MO U N T E D O V E R S I N K 3' - 4 " N O T 38 " - 4 3 " 2 2 22 3 TYPICAL ACCESSORIES DIAGRAM NOTES 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FINISH FACE OF WALL, INCLUDING WALL TILE AS INDICATED IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 2. LAYOUTS SHOWN HERE ARE DIAGRAMMATIC SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR ACTUAL ROOM DIMENSIONS. 3. ALL FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE INSTALLED TO ADA REQUIRED DIMENSIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.28.2021 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 1 2 : 0 7 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP/MD 302-102-012 JP A3-0 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND TYPICAL TOILET LAYOUTS UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 6/10/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS 3 6/21/2021 RFI 2 LINE OF STRUCTURAL DECK LINE OF CEILING LINE OF FLOOR EXISTING WALL 1 LAYER 5/8" GWB TYPE VARIES PER 092116 6" HAT CHANNEL LINE OF STRUCTURAL DECK LINE OF CEILING ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL STUD THICKNESS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BOTH SIDES BOTTOM OF PARTITION LINE OF FLOOR NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING SYSTEM SIZE AS NOTED BY TYPE 1 LAYER 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE TYPE VARIES PER 092116 6" STUD TO STRUCTURE OR KICKERS SECTION LINE OF STRUCTURAL DECK LINE OF CEILING ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL STUD THICKNESS FIRESTOP SEALANT BOTH SIDES BOTTOM OF PARTITION LINE OF FLOOR NON-STRUCTURAL FRAMING SYSTEM SIZE AS NOTED BY TYPE 1 LAYER 5/8" F.R. GWB EACH SIDE - TYPE VARIES PER 092116 SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS PER 078400 LINE OF STRUCTURAL DECK LINE OF CEILING ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL STUD THICKNESS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BOTH SIDES TOP AND BOTTOM OF PARTITION LINE OF FLOOR NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING SYSTEM SIZE AS NOTED BY TYPE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216A 1 LAYER 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE TYPE VARIES PER 092116 PARTITION DEFLECTION TRACK REFER TO HEAD OF WALL DETAILS SECTION FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: NON-RATED N/A A MINIMUM STC:45 STUD SIZE/SPACINGTYPE 6" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216A1 2 1/2" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216A2 3 5/8" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216B FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: NON-RATED N/A B MINIMUM STC:N/A STUD SIZE/SPACINGTYPE 6" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216B1 2 1/2" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216B2 PARTITION 3 5/8" METAL OR WOOD STUDS SPACING PER 092216 F FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: 1 HR FIRE UL U465 AT METAL STUDS UL U314 AT WOOD STUDS F MINIMUM STC:45 STUD SIZE/SPACINGTYPE 6" METAL OR WOOD STUDS SPACING PER 092216F1 PARTITION SECTION LINE OF STRUCTURAL DECK LINE OF CEILING ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL STUD THICKNESS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BOTH SIDES BOTTOM OF PARTITION LINE OF FLOOR NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING SYSTEM SIZE AS NOTED BY TYPE 1 LAYER 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE TYPE VARIES PER 092116 6" STUD TO STRUCTURE OR KICKERS SECTION 3 5/8" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216L FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: NON-RATED N/A L MINIMUM STC:N/A STUD SIZE/SPACINGTYPE 6" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216L1 2 1/2" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216L2 PARTITION 2" x 2" x 1/4" T.S. @ 36" O.C. EXPANSION ANCHOR 5/8" GWB FIRE TREATED WD BLK'G 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 3/4" SOLID SURFACE CAP RE: INTERIORS J-MOULD @ GWB EDGE 3/8" REVEAL, PAINT BLACK FLOOR LINE 5/8" EXPANSION ANCHOR - 2 REQ'D 3/16" BASE PLATE 2" x 2" x 1/4" T.S. 8" 3" 2" x 2" x 1/4" T.S. 3/16" BASE PLATE 5/8" EXPANSION ANCHOR - 2 REQ'D SECTION 30 " M I N P PARTITION 3 5/8" METAL STUDS HEIGHT AS NOTEDP FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: N/A N/A MINIMUM STC:N/A STUD SIZE/SPACINGTYPE 6" METAL STUDS HEIGHT AS NOTEDP1 SECTION DIRECT APPLIED GWBT FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: NON-RATED N/A T MINIMUM STC:N/A STUD SIZE/SPACINGTYPE 7/8" HAT CHANNEL SPACING PER 092216T1 PARTITION 1 1/2" HAT CHANNEL SPACING PER 092216T2 LINE OF CEILING ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL STUD THICKNESS FIRE STOP SEALANT BOTH SIDES BOTTOM OF PARTITION LINE OF FLOOR NON-STRUCTURAL FRAMING SYSTEM SIZE AS NOTED BY TYPE 1 LAYER F.R. 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE TYPE VARIES PER 092116 STUD TO STRUCTURE SECTION 3 5/8" METAL OR WOOD STUDS SPACING PER 092216 E E STUD SIZE/SPACINGTYPE 6" METAL OR WOOD STUDS SPACING PER 092216 E1 PARTITION SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS PER 078400 LINE OF STRUCTURAL DECK LINE OF CEILING ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL STUD THICKNESS FIRE STOP SEALANT BOTH SIDES BOTTOM OF PARTITION LINE OF FLOOR EXISTING NON STRUCTURAL WOOD FRAMING MEMBER TO REMAIN 1 LAYER F.R. 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE TYPE VARIES PER 092116 STUD TO STRUCTURE SECTION 3 5/8" METAL OR WOOD STUDS SPACING PER 092216 Ex E x STUD SIZE/SPACINGTYPE 6" METAL OR WOOD STUDS SPACING PER 092216E1x PARTITION SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS PER 078400 MINERAL WOOL INSULATION MINERAL WOOL INSULATION ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL STUD THICKNESS FIRE STOP SEALANT BOTH SIDES BOTTOM OF PARTITION LINE OF FLOOR EXISTING NON STRUCTURAL WOOD FRAMING MEMBER TO REMAIN 1 LAYER F.R. 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE TYPE VARIES PER 092116 SECTION X2x PARTITION SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS PER 078400 1/ 1 6 " L E A D L I N I N G T O 7 ' - 0 " A . F . F . LINE OF STRUCTURAL DECK LINE OF CEILING ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL STUD THICKNESS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BOTH SIDES BOTTOM OF PARTITION LINE OF FLOOR NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING SYSTEM SIZE AS NOTED BY TYPE 1 LAYER 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE TYPE VARIES PER 092116 6" STUD TO STRUCTURE OR KICKERS SECTION 3 5/8" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216X FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: NON-RATED N/A X MINIMUM STC:N/A STUD SIZE/SPACINGTYPE 6" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216X1 2 1/2" METAL STUDS SPACING PER 092216X2 PARTITION 1/ 1 6 " L E A D L I N I N G T O 7 ' - 0 " A . F . F . ASSEMBLY TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF P552 FOR ONE HOUR RATED CEILING EXISTING WOODEN TRUSSES LINE OF STRUCTURAL DECK LINE OF CEILING ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL STUD THICKNESS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BOTH SIDES BOTTOM OF PARTITION LINE OF FLOOR EXISTING NON-STRUCTURAL WOOD FRAMING TO REMAIN 1 LAYER 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE TYPE VARIES PER 092116 6" STUD TO STRUCTURE OR KICKERS SECTION FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: NON-RATED N/A Xx MINIMUM STC:N/A PARTITION LE A D L I N I N G T O 7 ' - 0 " A . F . F . THICKNESS BASED UPON PENDING PHYSICIST REPORT THICKNESS BASED UPON PENDING PHYSICIST REPORT STUD TO STRUCTURE MINERAL WOOL INSULATION 4 MAXIMUM STUD SPACING 16" O.C. TYPICAL ALL PARTITION TYPES ASSEMBLY TO MEET REQUIREMENTS FOR FC 5407 F.R. GYP TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK FURRING CHANNELS F.R.GYPSUM BOARD TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK EXISTING T.J.I. LINE OF DECK ASSEMBLY TO MEET REQUIREMENTS FOR FC 5407F.R.GYPSUM BOARD TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK EXISTING T.J.I. LINE OF DECK 2 LAYERS 5/8" F.R. GYPSUM BOARD 2 LAYERS F.R. 5/8" GWB 4 4 4 4 4 FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: 1 HR FIRE UL U465 AT METAL STUDS UL U314 AT WOOD STUDS MINIMUM STC:45 FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: 1 HR FIRE UL U465 AT METAL STUDS UL U314 AT WOOD STUDS MINIMUM STC:45 FIRE RATING: ASSEMBLY: 1 HR FIRE UL U465 AT METAL STUDS UL U314 AT WOOD STUDS MINIMUM STC:45 5 5 5 5 5 5 LINE OF CEILING SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS PER 078400 MINERAL WOOL INSULATION STUD TO STRUCTURE ASSEMBLY TO MEET REQUIREMENTS FOR FC 5407 EXISTING T.J.I. 6 TREATED 2X6 WOOD BLOCKING - CUT TO FIT INTO METAL STUD FASTENED WITH WOOD SCREWS 6" - 20 GA TRACK RUNNER ATTACH TO 3 STUDS MINIMUM METAL STUDS AT 16" OC MAX (3) #10 SHEET METAL SCREWS AT EACH STUD 6" - 20 GA SHEET METAL ATTACH TO 3 STUDS MINIMUM METAL STUDS AT 16" OC MAX (3) #10 SHEET METAL SCREWS AT EACH STUD METAL STRAPPING METAL STUDS AT 16" OC MAX 10-24 X 1 1/2" WOOD SCREWS (6 PER PIECE OF BLOCKING) TREATED 2X6 WOOD BLOCKING METAL BACKING WOOD BLOCKING A SECTION A NOTE: REF 092216 FOR APPLICABLE LOCATIONS OF EACH TYPE CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT SEE PLAN FOR PARTITION TYPE SEALANT BOTH SIDES ALUMINUM CLOSURE CHANNEL, TO MATCH MULLION 1" INSULATED GLASS WITH SPANDREL GLASS ACOUSTICAL PARTITION CLOSURE SOLID SURFACE SILL HOLLOW METAL FRAME METAL STUD TRACK SCREW ATTACH TRACK TO BOTH JAMB STUDS EXTRA METAL STUD 1/2" CONTROL JOINT INSTALL SUITABLE BACKING AT RATED WALLS 2 - 16 GA METAL STUDS NOTE: REFER TO SECTION 092116 (GYPSUM WALLBOARD) FOR LOCATION OF ALL CONTROL JOINTS IN WALLS. STRUCTURAL DECK FIRESTOP SEALANT AT RATED WALLS OR ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT NON-RATED WALLS SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK GWB PER PARTITION TYPE SECURE GWB TO STUDS ONLY DO NOT SECURE TO SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK LEAVE 5/8" GAP BETWEEN TOP OF METAL STUD AND DEFLECTION TRACK PARTITION - TYPE VARIES 5/ 8 " 5/ 8 " DEFLECTION TRACK PERPENDICULAR STRUCTURAL DECK NON-FIRE RATED PARTITION WITH SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS RATING CUT GWB TO FOLLOW DECKING AND SEAL WITH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT CLEAR WIDTH CONTINUES FOR 60" ON PULL SIDE OF DOOR CLEAR WIDTH CONTINUES FOR 48" ON PUSH SIDE OF DOOR DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO BE FOLLOWED AT ALL DOORS U.N.O. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF FIELD CONDITIONS CONFLICT WITH ANY CLEARANCES. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE CODE MINIMUMS PROVIDE GREATER DIMENSIONS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS 2" UNO MINIMUM 1' - 6" MINIMUM 1' - 0" (IF BOTH LATCH AND CLOSER PROVIDED) PRIORITY LEGEND THREE HOUR OR HIGHER FIRE AND/OR SMOKE (BARRIER) TWO HOUR FIRE (BARRIER) ONE HOUR FIRE AND SMOKE (BARRIER) TWO HOUR FIRE AND SMOKE (BARRIER) ONE HOUR FIRE (BARRIER) ONE HOUR FIRE (PARTITION) ONE HOUR OR HIGHER FIRE (WALL) NON-RATED PRIORITY 2 PRIORITY 4 PRIORITY 5 PRIORITY 3 PRIORITY 6 PRIORITY 7 PRIORITY 1 (HIGHEST) PRIORITY 9 (LOWEST) HIGHER PRIORITY PARTITION HIGHER PRIORITY PARTITION LOWER PRIORITY PARTITION LOWER PRIORITY PARTITION SMOKE (PARTITION)PRIORITY 8 COMPRESSIBLE SEAL SEE PLAN FOR PARTITION TYPE SEALANT BOTH SIDES ALUMINUM CLOSURE CHANNEL, TO MATCH MULLION ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.30.2021 6/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 5 8 : 1 1 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP/MD 302-102-012 JP A3-1 PARTITION TYPES & DETAILS UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A3-1 1 BACKING DETAILS 3" = 1'-0"A3-1 7 PARTITION - DETAIL AT GLASS/WALL INTERSECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A3-1 4 DOOR CONTROL JOINT 3" = 1'-0"A3-1 5 HEAD OF WALL DEFLECTION TRACK 3" = 1'-0"A3-1 6 HEAD OF WALL STC 3/4" = 1'-0"A3-1 3 TYPICAL DOOR CLEARANCES 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A3-1 2 WALL PRIORITY 3" = 1'-0"A3-1 8 PARTITION - DETAIL AT MULLIONS MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 4 6/21/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS 5 6/28/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS 6 6/30/2021 REVIEW COMMENT FLUSH FLUSH VISION PANEL SEE SCHED 8" 3" SEE SCHED 3' - 6 " 2 ' - 9 " SE E S C H E D SE E S C H E D S-1 F VP FR-1 AT 20 MIN. RATED DOORS ALUMINUM WINDOW (STUD PARTITION) A 2" V.I.F. 2" IG-1 A1 A2 A3 1' - 0 " 2" V.I . F . 0 " 2 " ALUMINUM WINDOW (STUD PARTITION) B 2' - 6 " 2 " V . I . F . 2 " 2"V.I.F.2" ALUMINUM WINDOW (STUD PARTITION) A.1 2" V.I.F. 2" IG-1 A1 A2 A3 IG-3 ALUMINUM WINDOW (STUD PARTITION) C 2' - 6 " 2 " V . I . F . 2 " 2"V.I.F.2" IG-2 HOLLOW METAL DOOR (STUD PARTITION) 2" SEE SCHED 2" 2" SE E S C H E D 1 H1 H2 DOOR AS SCHEDULED HOLLOW METAL FRAME STEEL STUD ANCHOR SEALANT - EACH SIDE AND ALL AROUND GWB AND METAL STUDS - VARIES PER PARTITION TYPE SEALANT - EACH SIDE AND ALL AROUND GWB AND METAL STUDS - VARIES PER PARTITON TYPE DOOR AS SCHEDULED HOLLOW METAL FRAME FRAME BEYOND 2" @ WALLS 2" 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " 1/2" PA R T I T I O N T Y P E WI D T H P E R VA R I E S PARTITION TYPE WIDTH PER 1/2"1/2" 1/ 2 " 2"VARIES H.M. TYPICAL DOOR JAMBH23" = 1'-0" FRAME DETAIL H.M. TYPICAL DOOR HEADH13" = 1'-0" FRAME DETAIL LEAD LINING @ SIM ONLY LEAD LINING @ SIM ONLY 2X 16 GA STUDS AT EA JAMB GLAZING LEGEND INSULATE GLASS UNIT WITH TEMPERED BOTH PANES INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH SPANDREL FILM IG-1 IG-2 INSULATED GLASS UNIT 1/4" GLASS1G-3 SINGLE PANE TEMPEREDS-1 20 MIN. RATED NON-WIRED SAFETY GLASSFR-1 NEW 1" INSULATED FIXED GLASS PANEL IN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FRAME. TEMPERED GLASS INSIDE AND OUT WHERE NOTED ON ELEVATION REPLACE GYPSUM BOARD WRAP EXISTING TO REMAIN UNCHANGED EXISTING TO REMAIN UNCHANGED 3/ 4 " 3/4" A3-3 2 A3-3 3 EXISTING VA R I E S R E E L E V A T I O N SHADING DEVICE RE FINISH LEGEND EXISTING TO REMAIN UNCHANGED BACKER ROD AND SEALANT SHIM REPLACE GYPSUM BOARD WRAP NEW 1" INSULATED FIXED GLASS PANEL IN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FRAME. TEMPERED GLASS INSIDE AND OUT WHERE NOTED ON ELEVATION REPLACE GYPSUM BOARD (JAMB DETAIL SIMILAR) NEW BREAK METAL FLASHING SHADING DEVICE RE FINISH LEGEND EXISTING TO REMAIN UNCHANGED 3/4" SOLID SURFACE SILL JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD AND SEALANT 3/ 4 " SHIM REPLACE GYPSUM BOARD WRAP NEW 1" INSULATED FIXED GLASS PANEL IN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FRAME. TEMPERED GLASS INSIDE AND OUT WHERE NOTED ON ELEVATION MATCH EXISTING PRE-FINISHED METAL FLASHING TO MATCH ALUMINUM FRAME PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.28.2021 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 1 2 : 1 1 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP/MD 302-102-012 JP A3-3 DOOR & FRAME TYPES, SCHEDULE & DETAILS UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 1/4" = 1'-0"A3-3 7 DOOR TYPE ELEVATIONS 1/4" = 1'-0"A3-3 4 ALUMINUM FRAMES - TYPES 1/4" = 1'-0"A3-3 6 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES DOOR SCHEDULE REV # DOOR NUMBER WIDTH HEIGHT HARDWARE RATING DOOR TYPE DOOR MATERIAL DOOR FINISH FRAME TYPE FRAME MATERIAL FRAME FINISH COMMENTS 98 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 9 F METAL PRE-FINIS HED HM PNT INSULATED EXTERIOR DOOR. MATCH EXISTING HEIGHTH AND WIDTH 100 3' - 6" 6' - 8" 7 20 MIN VP WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 101 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 4 20 MIN VP WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 102 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 4 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 103 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 103 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 104 3' - 6" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 104 3' - 6" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 105 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 3 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER, EMERGENCY RELEASE 106 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 3 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER, EMERGENCY RELEASE 107 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 8 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 108 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 109 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 110 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 111 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 112A 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 112B 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 9 F METAL PRE-FINIS HED HM PNT INSULATED EXTERIOR DOOR. MATCH EXISTING HEIGHTH AND WIDTH 113 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 114 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 115 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 116 2' - 4" 6' - 8" 1 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT VERIFY WIDTH. MATCH EXISTING/CLOSER 117 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 118 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 7 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER, CARD READER 127A 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 5 VP WD STAIN 1 HM PNT 127B 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 20 MIN VP WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER 128 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 7 20 MIN VP WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CLOSER, CARD READER 129 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 6 VP WD STAIN 1 HM PNT CARD READER 134 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 7 20 MIN F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT 137 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 F WD STAIN 1 HM PNT 3" = 1'-0"A3-3 5 FRAME DETAILS - HM STUD PARTITION 3/4" = 1'-0"A3-3 1 EXTERIOR STOREFRONT - TYP SECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A3-3 3 EXTERIOR STOREFRONT - TYP HEAD DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A3-3 2 EXTERIOR STOREFRONT - TYP SILL DETAIL 4 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 4/28/2021 RFI 1 4 6/21/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS OS OS OS OS OS A B C D E F G 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 A6-1 Sim 3' - 0" WDC-1 7' -4" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" EXAM-1 102 EXAM-2 103 EXAM-3 104 WAITING 100 VACCINES 129 EXAM-4 108 EXAM-5 110 LAB/DRAW 111 EXAM-7 112 TREATMENT 113 EXAM-8 114EXAM-9 115 I.T. 116 EXAM-10 117 STORAGE-1 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 EXAM-6 109 X-RAY 107 M.A. STATION 128 BREAK 127 TOILET -1 105 TOILET-2 106 TOILET-3 120 HALL 134 HALL 135 VITALS 130 E.V.S. 137 OFFICE 121 OFFICE 122 OFFICE 124 OFFICE 125 OPEN OFFICE 123 HALL 133 - --- ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" GWB 8' -0" GWB 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" ACT-1 8' -0" 4 RCP LEGEND RECESSED DOWNLIGHT, RE: ELECTRICAL 2X2 LIGHT FIXTURE, RE: ELECTRICAL 2X4 LIGHT FIXTURE, RE: ELECTRICAL GYPSUM BOARD CEILING 2x2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM LINEAR WOOD CEILING SYSTEM MECHANICAL DIFFUSER, SUPPLY MECHANICAL DIFFUSER, RETURN MECHANICAL SLOT DIFFUSER MECHANICAL DIFFUSER, RETURN 1 HOUR RATED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MATERIAL SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MATERIAL EL: SEE RCP CEILING HEIGHT SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MATERIALEL: SEE RCP CEILING HEIGHT SUSPENDED WOOD VENEER CEILING ACOUSTICAL CEILING ACOUSTICAL CEILING GENERAL RCP NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES INVOLVED AND COMPARE COMPOSITE SHOP DRAWINGS TO ENSURE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, CEILINGS, ETC NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE SPECIFIED FINISH CEILING HEIGHT ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONFLICTS. 2. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. IF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS FOR CEILING COMPONENTS & DEVICE LOCATIONS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. 3. CEILING TILE/GRID/HANGERS ARE NOT DESIGNED TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS. CABLES, CONDUIT, FIXTURES, ETC SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE. 4. REVIEW WORKING POINTS FOR LOCATION OF CEILING GRID PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 5. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SCHEDULED DOWNLIGHTS, WALLWASHERS, SMOKE DETECTORS, EXIT SIGNS AND OTHER VISIBLE CEILING ELEMENTS SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE CEILING TILE. 6. PLACEMENT OF REQUIRED WALL OR CEILING ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FRAMING. ARCHITECT SHALL BE ALERTED AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE OF ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED WHICH ARE NOT INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING CEILING PLANS. PANELS ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 7. ALL DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLS SHALL HAVE FRAMES COMPATIBLE WITH CEILING SYSTEM FOR FLUSH FIT. 8. ALL DOWNLIGHTS SHALL BE SELF FLANGING. 9. AVOID EXPOSED CONDUIT IN PUBLIC AREAS. WHEN EXPOSED CONDUIT IS UNAVOIDABLE, PAINT THE CONDUIT TO MATCH THE ADJACENT FINISH COLOR TO BLEND INTO BACKROUND. PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.28.2021 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 1 2 : 1 3 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP/MD 302-102-012 JP A6-1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & DETAIL UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 1/4" = 1'-0"A6-1 1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6-1 2 CEILING - DETAIL @ SOFFIT 2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 6/10/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS 4 6/21/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS GS 777 WA LL TRA NS FORME R 2' - 6"1" 2' - 6"2' - 6" 1" 2' - 6 " 1' - 1 0 " 2' - 1 0 " W1 B2B6 REF UC MICROWAVE COFFEE KEURIG TA-2 TA-5 FP FP 1" 3' - 0"3' - 3" 1'-6" MIN. W1 B1B6 3' - 3" TA-18 TA-2 TA-5 EP XPRESS IV CLINITEK ANALYSERCLINITEK ANALYSER COAG SENSE 2' - 1 0 " 1' - 1 0 " 2' - 6 " SOLID SURFACE SILL ACRYLIC PANEL IN ALUM. FRAME TOP AND BOTTOM EXISTING LIGHT COVE NEW PARTITION TO UNDESIDE OF LIGHT COVE WATERFALL EDGE RE INTERIORS FOR MATERIALS 3' - 6 " 2' - 6 " 3' - 7" - --- EXISTING LIGHT COVE ACRYLIC PANEL IN ALUM. FRAME TOP AND BOTTOM 3/4" X 6" SOLID SURFACE SILL NEW PARITION TO UNDERSIDE OF LIGHT COVES - --- 2' - 6" 1" 2' - 6" B1 W1 COPIER 2' - 2 " 2' - 2 " 2' - 1 0 " SCANNER - --- 11' - 6 1/4" 1' - 0 " 2' - 6 " 3' - 6 " 3' - 7" - --- 2' - 6"1' - 9" 2" SHARPS TA-2 2' - 1 0 " TA-5 B3B6 EP 1" 2' - 6" 2' - 6" 2' - 6" 2' - 6" 1 1/4" 2' - 6 " 1' - 1 0 " 2' - 1 0 " W1 W1 W1 B3B1B1 2' - 6" 2' - 6" 2' - 6" 2' - 6" 1" PLAM FPEP FPW1 GLOVE BOXES GC TO COORDINATE BRACKET MOUNT WITH PWR AND DATA LOCATIONS RE PLAN FOR LOCATION IN EACH ROOM N D TA-13A TA-6A N TA-13ATA-13A 2' - 4" DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM HAND SANITIZER N TA-14 TV PROVIDE IN WALL BLOCKING FOR OFCI TV BRACKET GLOVE BOXES HAND SANITIZER GC TO COORDINATE BRACKET MOUNT WITH PWR AND DATA LOCATIONS SHARPS PC WALL MOUNT 7' - 9" DN B TA-6A TA-13ATA-13A TA-2 TA-5 2' - 0" 2' - 6"1' - 9" 2 3/8" B3B6 FP 2' - 1 0 " 4" 3' - 3 " TA-2 TA-5 2"2' - 6"2' - 10"3' - 2 3/8" 2' - 6"3' - 0" W1 B6EP 2' - 1 0 " 2' - 2 " 2' - 2 " 42" GRAB BAR 18" GRAB BAR RE:INTERIORS FOR TILE 36" GRAB BAR RE:INTERIORS FOR TILE TA-6 TA-2 L TA-5 RE:INTERIORS FOR TILE TA-2 18" GRAB BAR TA-18 RE:INTERIORS FOR TILE 4' - 1"2' - 6" B6 TA-2 TA-5 2' - 1 0 " 2' - 6 " OPEN WATERFALL EDGE IN WALL SUPPORT PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.28.2021 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 1 2 : 1 9 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP/MD 302-102-012 JP A7-1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 1 BREAK - 127 - EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 3 M.A. STATION - 128 - EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 4 WAITING - 100 - NORTH 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 5 WAITING - 100 - EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 6 WAITING - 100 - SOUTH 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 7 WAITING - 100 - WEST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 8 RECEPTION - 100A - EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 9 RECEPTION - 100A - WEST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 13 EXAM ROOM - TYP - A 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 10 TREATMENT ROOM - 113 - EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 14 EXAM ROOM - TYP - B 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 15 EXAM ROOM - TYP - C 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 16 EXAM ROOM - TYP - D 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 2 BREAK - 127 - SOUTH 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 11 TREATMENT ROOM - 113 - SOUTH 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 12 TREATMENT ROOM - 113 - WEST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 17 VACCINES - 129 - EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 18 TOILET TYP - A 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 19 TOILET TYP - B 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 20 TOILET TYP - C 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 21 TOILET TYP - D 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 22 HALL - 135 - DRINKING FOUNTAINS - EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"A7-1 23 LAB/DRAW - 111 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 4/28/2021 RFI 1 SECTIONB1 SE E E L E V A T I O N 4 " 1" 6" 4" 2' - 0" 3" SEE ELEVATION FOR NUMBER OF ADJUSTABLE SHELVES SECTIONB3 SE E E L E V A T I O N 4 " 1" HANGER RAIL AT FILE DRAWERS (F) 3" 4" D R A W E R S ( F ) 1'- 1 " A T F I L E S E E E L E V A T I O N 6 " 2' - 0" NOTES • PROVIDE NUMBER OF DRAWERS SHOWN ON ELEVATION • IF NOTED (F) PROVIDE FILE HANGER RAIL IN DRAWER • IF REMAINING DRAWERS ARE SHOWN EQUALLY SPACED, PROVIDE AS SUCH • IF TOP DRAWER SHOWN A DIFFERENT SIZE PROVIDE SAME SIZE AS TYPE B1 • INSIDE DIMENSION OF (F) DRAWER TO BE SIZED FOR FRONT TO BACK HANGER SYSTEM SECTIONB6 9" 6" 2' - 3 " DASHED LINE: CLEARANCE REQ'D FOR CODE PLAM APRON PANEL CLIPS PLAM PANEL, REMOVABLE 8" 2' - 5 " 4" 2' - 1 0 " 2' - 1" COORDINATE SINK AND TRAP LOCATION TO WORK WITH ANGLED FRONT PANEL SECTIONB12 1" FLUSH MOUNT (IN- WALL VERTICAL LEG) COUNTER BRACKET SUPPORT PLAM APRON WITH 2X CONCEALED WOOD BLOCKING ANCHORED TO FRAMING 4" 1' - 11" 2" SEE ELEVATION FOR NUMBER OF ADJUSTABLE SHELVES 4" SECTIONB13 4" SE E E L E V A T I O N 2" SE E E L E V A T I O N 4" 1" 2' - 0" SECTIONW1 1' - 3" 2" S E E E L E V A T I O N SE E E L E V A T I O N SEE ELEVATION FOR NUMBER OF ADJUSTABLE SHELVES SECTIONB2 SE E E L E V A T I O N 4 " 4" 2' - 0" 3" 1" SEE ELEVATION FOR NUMBER OF ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ACCENT # 1 3/4" PART BD. W/ PLAM FINISH 3/4" PLYWD BLOCKING FASTENER FASTENER 1/ 2 " CORNER #1 3/4" PART BD W/ PLAM FINISH 3/4" PLYWD CAP #1, SEE NOTES BLOCKING SCREW FRAMING 3/4" PART. BD W/ PLAM FINISH 3/4" PLYWD 1x6 HDWD 5/8" GWB REVEAL, PAINT BLACK CAP #1, SEE NOTES 3/4" PART. BD W/ PLAM FINISH 3/4" PLYWD 1x6 HDWD REVEAL, PAINT BLACK 1/ 2 " 1 1 / 2 " CAP #1 SEE NOTES 3/4" PART BD. W/ PLAM FINISH GWB SCREW 3/4" PLYWD 1/2" REVEAL, PAINT BLACK FRAMING CONCEALED COUNTERTOP WALL BRACKET (16" O.C.) REMOVABLE PLAM PANEL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL BASE 4" 2' - 6 " REF. PLAN 1 1/2" 8" 1 1/2" PLAM PANEL COUNTERTOP, RE: FINISH SCHEDULE GROMMET 2" WATERFALL EDGE BEYOND 2" 1 1 / 2 " 3/4" PLYWOOD WATERFALL EDGE BEYOND STEEL TUBE CONCEALED COUNTERTOP WALL BRACKET REMOVABLE PLAM PANEL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL BASE 4" 3' - 0 " 2" 1 5/8" PLAM PANEL COUNTERTOP, RE: FINISH SCHEDULE GROMMET 2" REF. PLAN REF. PLAN 1 1/2" 2' - 6 " 1' - 0 " TRANSACTION TOP, RE: FINISH SCHEDULE FABRIC WRAPPED TACK PANEL WATERFALL EDGE WATERFALL EDGE BRACE FROM 3/4" PART BD @24" O.C. CABINET BACK & CLEAT EDGE TRACK ALIGN SCRIBE PLAM SOFFIT TO BOTTOM OF CLNG GRID SYSTEM ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE: ROUTE TO LINE OF SOFFIT PANEL AND TOUCH UP TO MATCH PLAM CABINET DOOR WALL CASEWORK TO HAVE PLAM SOFFITS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GWB CASEWORK NOTES 1. ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DIMENSIONS ON ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS ON CASEWORK SECTIONS. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE RESOLVED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 2. ALL DRAWERS NOTED FOR FILE HANGER RAIL SHALL HAVE AN INSIDE CLEAR DISTANCE (WIDTH) OF 1'-1" FOR LETTER FILES AND 1'-4" FOR LEGAL FILES. 3. ALL COUNTERTOPS SHALL HAVE BACKSPASHES AND SIDESPLASHES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL BACK AND SIDE SPLASHES SHALL HAVE A SCRIBE. 4. ALL EXPOSED OUTSIDE CORNERS OF COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE RADIUSED (2" MIN.-3" MAX.) 5. CONSTRUCT CABINETS TO ACCOMODATE FIELD INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL, COMMUNICATION, AND OTHER DEVICES INTEGRAL WITH CASEWORK. 6. PLAM JOINTS SHALL BE AVOIDED WHERE EVER POSSIBLE. WHERE NOT POSSIBLE LOCATE JOINTS SYMETRICALLY ABOUT PANELS. 7. EDGE BAND SURFACES IN PROPER ORDER TO MINIMZE WATER INFILTRATION AND NUMBER OF EXPOSED JOINTS. 8. USE DARK ADHESIVE WITH DARKER LAMINATE COLORS. 9. SEE DETAIL 2/A7-6 FOR TYPICAL PLAM SOFFIT. 10. SEAL ALL EDGES, HIDDEN AND EXPOSED, TO LIMIT MOISTURE INTAKE. PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6.28.2021 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 : 1 2 : 2 0 P M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / 3 0 3 - 1 0 2 -1 1 2 _ A l t u s _ U C H - N o r t h _ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r . r v t JP/MD 302-102-012 JP A7-2 CASEWORK UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER REVIEW COMMENTS 4.21.2021 3" = 1'-0"A7-2 5 PANEL TO PANEL ACCENT DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"A7-2 6 PANEL TO PANEL OUTSIDE CORNER DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"A7-2 7 PANEL TO TOP CAP DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"A7-2 3 PANEL TO TOP CAP DETAIL & TOP 3" = 1'-0"A7-2 4 PANEL TO WALL CAP DETAIL 1" = 1'-0"A7-2 1 RECEPTION AT LOW COUNTER 1" = 1'-0"A7-2 2 RECEPTION WITH TRANSACTION TOP 3" = 1'-0"A7-2 8 PLAM SOFFIT DETAIL MARK DATE DESCRIPTION ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ADJ ADJUSTABLE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AWP ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL CC CUBICLE CURTAIN CF CONTRACTOR FURNISHED CF/CI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED / CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CF/OI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED / OWNER INSTALLED CG CORNER GUARD CJ CONTROL JOINT CL CENTER LINE CLG CEILING CLG HT CEILING HEIGHT CLR CLEAR CPT CARPET CR CHAIR RAIL CSWK CASEWORK CT CERAMIC TILE CTB CERAMIC TILE BASE CTF CERAMIC TILE (FLOOR) CTW CERAMIC TILE (WALL) DAP DECORATIVE ACRYLIC PANEL DEMO DEMOLITION DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION EL ELEVATION ELEV ELEVATOR EQ EQUAL EX EXAMPLE EXIST EXISTING EXP EXPOSED FF&E FURNITURE, FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT FURN FURNITURE GL GLASS GLT GLASS TILE GT GROUT HORIZ HORIZONTAL HR HANDRAIL IB INTEGRAL BASE ABBREVIATIONS ID IDENTIFICATION IF INSIDE FACE INT INTERIOR LB LINER BAR LF LINEAR FEET (FOOT) LIN LINEAR LVT LUXURY VINYL TILE MAN MANUAL MAX MAXIMUM MIN MINIMUM MLWK MILLWORK NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NUMBER NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE P PAINT PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE RB RUBBER BASE / RESILIENT BASE RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RE REFERENCE SC SEALED CONCRETE SF SQUARE FEET (FOOT) SIM SIMILAR SS SOLID SURFACE SST STAINLESS STEEL ST STONE STB STONE BASE SV SHEET VINYL TB TACK BOARD TBD TO BE DETERMINED TS TRANSITION STRIP / REDUCER STRIP TYP TYPICAL UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT VERTICAL WD WOOD WP WALL PROTECTION WT WINDOW TREATMENT GENERAL A. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL SUBMITTAL AND/OR MOCKUP GUIDELINES AND REQUIREMENTS. B. CONTACT GALLUN SNOW FOR CLARIFICATION IN THE EVENT OF CONTRADICTORY INFORMATION BETWEEN DRAWINGS, LEGEND, AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS. C. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL FINISHES. REFER TO ALL SPECIFICATIONS AND INTERIOR DRAWINGS (INCLUDING PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS) FOR COMPLETE INTERIORS INFORMATION. D. ALL SURFACES REQUIRE NEW FINISHES UNO. IF COLOR OR FINISH IS NOT SPECIFIED, CONTACT GALLUN SNOW FOR CLARIFICATION. DEMOLITION A. REMOVE EXISTING ARTWORK, SIGNAGE, AND WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES WITHIN THE PROJECT SCOPE AND RETURN TO OWNER FOR STORAGE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. B. REMOVE COMPLETELY FROM THE JOB SITE ALL MATERIALS SPECIFIED FOR DEMOLITION AND NOT NOTED TO BE RETURNED TO OWNER. C. REPLACE ANY ITEM DEMOLISHED OR DAMAGED BY DEMOLITION AND NOT SPECIFIED FOR DEMOLITION WITH A LIKE ITEM AS APPROVED BY OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. D. PROTECT ALL EXISTING FLOOR, WALL, DOOR, AND CEILING FINISHES TO REMAIN. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE AS A RESULT OF DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION. E. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING, ADHESIVE, AND MASTIC AT ALL EXISTING FLOOR SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION. PATCH AND PREP SUBFLOOR TO MEET MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW FLOORING MATERIALS. FLOAT SUBFLOOR AS NECESSARY TO ALIGN FINISHED SURFACE BETWEEN NEW FLOORING AND EXISTING TO REMAIN. FLOORING A. ALIGN TRANSITION OF FLOOR MATERIAL WITH CENTER OF HINGE IN DOORWAY. IN A WRAPPED OPENING WITHOUT HINGES RE: FINISH PLANS FOR TRANSITION LOCATION. B. HEAT WELD ALL RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING SEAMS AND SEAL. C. PROVIDE COLOR MATCH HEAT WELD RODS FOR EACH SHEET RESILIENT FLOOR AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH LEGEND. INSTALL DIRECTIONAL FLOORING ORIENTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE FINISH PLAN. D. CENTER TILE LAYOUT IN EACH ROOM. DO NOT INSTALL LESS THAN A 1/2 TILE. WALL BASE A. PROVIDE 4" HIGH RUBBER PROFILE BASE UNO. B. PROVIDE 4' LENGTHS OF RUBBER BASE WITH FIELD FORMED OUTSIDE CORNERS. WALLS AND DOORS A. PROVIDE WALL FINISHES FROM LOWER TO HIGHER IN THE ORDER LISTED. B. PROVIDE MITERED END CAPS AT ALL MILLWORK TRIM. CONTINUE ANY ROUTED DETAIL ON ALL PERIMETER EDGES. C. FILL TOP EDGE OF CHAIR RAIL NEXT TO WALL WITH CLEAR CAULK. IF GAP IS GREATER THAN 1/16" PROVIDE CAULK COLOR TO MATCH CHAIR RAIL FINISH AND SUBMIT COLOR SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. D. INSTALL CHAIR RAIL AT 30" AFF TO THE BOTTOM E. RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WALL TILE PATTERN. F. CENTER TILE LAYOUT ON EACH WALL. DO NOT INSTALL LESS THAN A 1/2 TILE. G. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL FINISH INFORMATION. H. PAINT ALL METAL DOORS, VISION PANEL, SIDELIGHT, AND WINDOW AND DOOR FRAMES SP2 UNO. I. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION FOR DEFINITION OF GLOSS RANGE ON THE FOLLOWING PAINT SHEENS: a. SHERWIN WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR EGGSHELL FOR ALL WALLS UNO. (PX) b. SHERWIN WILLIAMS SOLO 100% ACRYLIC INTERIOR/EXTERIOR GLOSS FOR ALL TOILET ROOMS AND WET AREAS (APX). c. SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL DTW ACRYLIC SEMI-GLOSS FOR ALL PAINTED METAL (SPX). J. PATCH AND PREP ALL EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN FOLLOWING DEMOLITION. CONFIRM EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH DESIGNER/OWNER PRIOR TO RE-INSTALL. K. PAINT METAL GRILLES, WALL DIFFUSERS, ELECTRICAL PANELS, ACCESS PANELS, ETC WHICH ARE EXPOSED IN FINISHED SPACES TO MATCH THE SURFACE ON WHICH THEY OCCUR. CEILINGS A. PAINT SOFFITS P1 UNO. PAINT UNDERSIDE AND FACE OF SOFFIT AS SCHEDULED. B. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL SOFFIT AND CEILING FINISH INFORMATION. C. CENTER CEILING GRID AND TILE LAYOUT IN EACH ROOM. DO NOT INSTALL LESS THAN A 1/2 CEILING TILE. CASEWORK A. PROVIDE SOLID SURFACE COUNTER TOPS WITH INTEGRAL BACKSPLASH AT ALL SINK COUNTERS. B. CAULK COUNTERS WHERE THEY ABUT WALLS WITH CLEAR CAULK. C. PROVIDE SOLID SURFACE WINDOW SILLS SS1. D. PROVIDE 3MM PVC EDGE BANDING ON ALL DOOR AND DRAWER FRONT EDGES IN THE COLORS SPECIFIED UNO. E. PROVIDE WHITE MELAMINE AT SEMI-EXPOSED CASEWORK INTERIORS, AS DEFINED BY AWI STANDARDS, UNO. F. PROVIDE LAMINATE PLAM1 AT ALL EXPOSED CASEWORK INTERIORS UNO. WINDOW TREATMENTS A. REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR LOCATION AND FINISH LEGEND FOR EXTENT OF WINDOW TREATMENTS. SPECIALTIES A. ALL FURNITURE IS OF/OI UNO. B. PROVIDE CORNER GUARD PROFILE, FINISH, AND COLOR PER FINISH LEGEND. RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLANS FOR EXTENT AND LOCATIONS. C. PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT CORNER GUARDS UNO. INSTALL ABOVE WALL BASE. RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. D. INSTALL WALL PROTECTION PANELS BEHIND WALL BASE. RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLANS FOR EXTENT AND LEGEND FOR COLORS AND HEIGHT. E. WHERE A WALL SCHEDULED FOR WALL PROTECTION PANELS IS TOO SHORT TO ACCOMMODATE A CORNER GUARD, PROVIDE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM PIECES PER DETAIL 1/I-401. F. PROVIDE WALL PROTECTION OF ANY ONE COLOR FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. G. CONFIRM ANY WALL SCHEDULED FOR HANDRAIL AND LESS THAN 2'-0" WIDE WITH ARCHITECT/DESIGNER PRIOR TO ORDER. H. PROVIDE TRIM (TOP CAP, INSIDE /OUTSIDE CORNER, ETC.) AT WALL PROTECTION PANELS UNO. RE: 14/I-401. GENERAL NOTES FLOORING AND WALL BASE CARPET CPT1 MANNINGTON, TERES, 24" X 24" X .132" THICK, CASHMERE, MONOLITHIC INSTALLATION CERAMIC TILE BASE CTB1 AMERICAN OLEAN, THEORETICAL, 6" X 24" X 3/8" THICK, WHIMSICAL WHITE TH90 , 1/8" GROUT JOINT, EPOXY GROUT LATICRETE, 90 LIGHT PEWTER RE: 8/I-401 CERAMIC TILE (FLOOR) CTF1 AMERICAN OLEAN, THEORETICAL, 12" X 24" X 5/16" THICK, CREATIVE GREY TH96, 1/8" GROUT JOINT, EPOXY GROUT LATICRETE, 60 DUSTY GREY, 33% OFFSET INSTALLATION, RE: 3/I-401 RUBBER BASE/ RESILIENT BASE RB1 JOHNSONITE, MILLWORK BASE, REVEAL PROFILE MW-29-F, 4-1/4" HIGH, MOON ROCK RB2 JOHNSONITE, BASEWORKS THERMOSET RUBBER COVE BASE WITH TOE, TSB-29-4, 4" HIGH, MOON ROCK SHEET VINYL SV1 ARMSTRONG FLOORING, REJUVENATIONS CLASSICS, MAPLE, ROLL GOODS, .080" THICK, 37353 SMOKIN, HEAT WELD WS241 EMBERS SV2 SHAW CONTRACT, TERASU, REED 0797V, ROLL GOODS, .087" THICK, 96710 PAGODA, HEAT WELD 1203 SV3 MANNINGTON, BIOSPEC MD, ROLL GOODS, .080" THICK, NEW MINERAL GRAY 15365, HEAT WELD 842316 WALLS CERAMIC TILE (WALL) CTW1 AMERICAN OLEAN, THEORETICAL, 12" X 24" X 5/16" THICK, WHIMSICAL WHITE TH90, 1/8" GROUT JOINT, GROUT LATICRETE, 90 LIGHT PEWTER, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ON I-400 CTW2 CROSSVILLE, SHADES MOSAIC, 1" X 3" X 10.5 MM THICK, 11 7/8" X 11 7/8" SHEET MESH MOUNTED, WHITES SBC3, HONED FINISH, 1/8" GROUT JOINT, GROUT LATICRETE, 90 LIGHT PEWTER PAINT / ACRYLIC GLOSS PAINT / SEMI-GLOSS PAINT P1/ AP1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS, PANDA WHITE SW 6147 P2/SP2 SHERWIN WILLIAMS, MINDFUL GRAY SW 7016 (DOOR FRAMES) P3 SHERWIN WILLIAMS, LEMONGRASS SW 7732 P4 SHERWIN WILLIAMS, QUIETUDE SW 6212 P5 BENJAMIN MOORE, SEA REFLECTIONS 1664 CEILINGS ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACT1 ARMSTRONG, ULTIMA HIGH NRC #1940 SQUARE EDGE LAY IN CEILING TILE, 24" X 24" X 7/8", NRC 0.80MIN., CAC 35 MIN, LR 0.88MIN., COLOR: WHITE FOR INTERFACE WITH 15/16" PRELUDE XL EPOSED TEE GRID, WHITE CASEWORK PLASTIC LAMINATE PLAM1 FORMICA, OILED LEGNO 8846, MATTE FINISH 58, INSTALL WITH GRAIN RUNNING VERTICALLY UNO, 3MM EDGE BANDING DOELLKEN, 8303 SOLID SURFACE SS1 CORIAN, LINEN, 1/2" THICK SPECIALTIES CORNER GUARD CG1 INPRO, SURFACE MOUNT, STYLE 150 (TYPICAL), 130 (135 DEGREE ANGLE), 3" WING, MISSION WHITE, PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT AT ALL AREAS WITHOUT WALL PROTECTION. AT AREAS WITH WALL PROTECTION, MATCH HEIGHT OF ADJACENT WALL PROTECTION. RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLANS FOR LOCATION AND 11/I-401 CHAIR RAIL CR1 INPRO, 2700 CHAIR RAIL, 3" HIGH, MISSION WHITE, RE: 2/I-401 RUBSTRIP RS1 INPRO, RUBRAIL, R6-S-X08, 8"H, .060" THICK, MISSION WHITE, INSTALL WITH TOP TO MATCH HEIGHT OF ADJACENT WALL PROTECTION. RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLAN FOR LOCATION WALL PROTECTION WP1 INPRO, PALLADIUM SHEET WALL PROTECTION, 406, .060" THICK, MISSION WHITE, INSTALL WITH TOP AT 36"AFF TO ALIGN WITH TOP OF BACKSPLASH. RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLANS FOR LOCATION WP2 INPRO, PALLADIUM RIGID SHEET WALL PROTECTION, 406, .060" THICK, MISSION WHITE, INSTALL WITH TOP AT 44"AFF. RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLANS FOR LOCATION WP3 INPRO, PALLADIUM RIGID SHEET WALL PROTECTION, 406, .060" THICK, MISSION WHITE, INSTALL WITH TOP TO ALIGN WITH TOP OF DOOR FRAME. RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLANS FOR LOCATION. MISCELLANEOUS TACK FABRIC TF1 CARNEGIE, XOREL STRIE, COLOR TBD, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS WINDOW TREATMENT WT1 LU-TEK, MANUAL SINGLE ROLLER SHADE. SOLAR SCREEN STYLE: MERMET M SCREEN 1% OPEN, COLOR 00M122 CHARCOAL/GREY-STONE. FASICA COLOR: TBD, INCLUD FASICA END CAPS, RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLANS FOR LOCATIONS WT2 LU-TEK, MANUAL DOUBLE ROLLER BLACKOUT SHADE AND SOLAR SHADE. INCLUDE BLACKOUT CHANNEL, BLACKOUT SHADE STYLE: MERMET, AVILLA TWILIGHT, DUAL COLOR: 00002 WHITE AND 000101 PEWTER. SOLAR SCREEN STYLE: MERMET M SCREEN 3% OPEN, COLOR: 00M122 CHARCOAL/GRAY-STONE. FASICA COLOR: TBD, INCLUDE FASICA END CAPS, RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLANS FOR LOCATIONS (EXAM ROOMS) FINISH LEGEND PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 "NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONIssuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 6/ 9 / 2 0 2 1 1 1 : 4 8 : 5 7 A M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / U C H e a l t h T i m b e r l i n e _ 2 0 0 3 0 - I N T E R I O R S _ M f e i l e r 8 3 1 . r v t AC 20030 MF I-010 FINISH LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONS TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4.21.2021 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM FLOOR FINISH BASE FINISH WALL FINISH CEILING FINISH CASEWORK FINISH NotesNUMBER NAME NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST VERTICAL HORIZONTAL TRANSACTION 100 WAITING CPT1 RB1 P1, P5 P1 P1, P5 P5 ACT1, GYP:P1 - - - 101 RECEPTION CPT1 RB1 P1 P1 P1 P1 ACT1, GYP:P1 PLAM1 SS1 SS1 102 EXAM-1 SV1 RB1 P1 P1, WP1 P4, WP1 P1, RS1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 103 EXAM-2 SV1 RB1 P1, RS1 P4 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 104 EXAM-3 SV1 RB1 P1, WP1 P4 P1, RS1 P1, WP1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 105 TOILET-1 CTF1 CTB1 CTW1, CTW2, AP1 CTW1, CTW2, AP1 CTW1, CTW2, AP1 AP1 GYP:AP1 - - - RE: I-401 FOR TYP TILE LAYOUT 106 TOILET-2 CTF1 CTB1 CTW1, CTW2, AP1 AP1 CTW1, CTW2, AP1 CTW1, CTW2, AP1 GYP:AP1 - - - RE: I-401 FOR TYP TILE LAYOUT 107 X-RAY SV1 RB1 P1 P1 P1 P1 ACT1 - - - 108 EXAM-4 SV1 RB1 P1, RS1 P4 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 109 EXAM-6 SV1 RB1 P1, RS1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 P4 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 110 EXAM-5 SV1 RB1 P1, WP1 P4 P1, RS1 P1, WP1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 111 LAB/DRAW SV1 RB1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 112 EXAM-7 SV1 RB1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 P4, WP1 P1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 113 TREATMENT SV1 RB1 P4, WP1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 114 EXAM-8 SV1 RB1 P4 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 P1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 115 EXAM-9 SV1 RB1 P4, RS1 P1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 116 I.T. SV3 RB2 P1 P1 P1 P1 ACT1 - - 117 EXAM-10 SV1 RB1 P4 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 P1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 118 STORAGE-1 SV3 RB2 P1, WP3 P1, WP3 P1, WP3 P1, WP3 ACT1 -- 127 BREAK SV2 RB1 P1 P1 P1, P3 P1, P3 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 128 M.A. STATION SV2 RB1 P1 P1 P1 P3 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 129 VACCINES SV1 RB1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 P1, WP1 ACT1 PLAM1 SS1 - 130 VITALS SV2 RB1 P1, WP2 - P1, WP2 P1, WP2 ACT1 - - - 131 HALL SV2 RB1 P1 P1 P1 P1 GYP:P1 - - - 132 HALL SV2 RB1 P5 P1 P1 P1 GYP:P1 - - - 133 HALL SV2 RB1 P1 P1 P1 P5 GYP:P1 - - - 134 HALL SV2 RB1 P1 P1 P1, P5 P1 GYP:P1 - - - 137 E.V.S. SV3 RB1 P1, WP3 P1, WP3 P1, WP3 P1, WP3 EXIST - - - MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 6/10/2021 Review Comments 1 FINISH PLAN LEGEND WALL FINISH: WALL FINISH SYMBOLS REPRESENT LOCATION OF ACCENT FINISHES STARTING AT THE FLOOR AND MOVING TO THE CEILING. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR CLARIFICATION. WINDOW TREATMENT: INSTALL NEW WINDOW TREATMENT. REFER TO GENERAL FINISH NOTES FOR TYPES AND LOCATIONS. CORNER GUARD ALL CORNER GUARDS ARE CG1, UNO. WALL PROTECTION RE: FINISH LEGEND FOR PRODUCT INFORMATION AND INSTALL HEIGHT RE: INTERIOR FINISH PLAN FOR TYPE AND LOCATION RUBSTRIP WALL PROTECTION CHAIR RAIL GRAIN DIRECTION: ARROWS INDICATE DIRECTION OF WOOD GRAIN OR LINEAR PATTERN. FLOOR FINISH TRANSITION: INDICATES LINE OF TRANSITION BETWEEN FLOOR FINISHES. REFER TO DETAILS FOR TRANSITION TYPE. XX/XX XX WP1 GF1FE1ED1DC1CBA 6 5 4 3 2 1 WAITING 100 VACCINES 129 RECEPTION 101 VITALS 130 EXAM-2 103 EXAM-1 102 HALL 131 EXAM-3 104 HALL 133 HALL 132 TOILET-2 106 TOILET-1 105 M.A. STATION 128 X-RAY 107 EXAM-4 108 EXAM-5 110 EXAM-6 109 LAB/DRAW 111 I.T. 116 EXAM-7 112 TREATMENT 113 EXAM-8 114 EXAM-9 115 EXAM-10 117 STORAGE-1 118 BREAK 127 HALL 134 A B C D E F G 1 2 3 4 5 6 F1E1D1C1 ALL WALLS WP2 ALL WALLS WP3 P4 P4 P4 P4 P4 P4 P4 P4 P4 P4 P5 P5 P3 WT1 WT1 P3 P5 P5 P5 CG2 EXIST SV1 EXIST SV2 WP1 WP1 WP1 RS1 ALL WALLS WP1 WP1 WP1 ALL WALLS WP1 WP1 RS1 RS1 RS1 RS1 WP1 WP1 WP1 WP1 RS1 WP1 CHR1 CHR1 ALL WALLS WP1 P4 WP1 I-400 4 WP1 RS1 WP1 WP1 WP1 WP1 WP1 WP1 WT2 WT2 WT2 WT2 WT2WT1 E.V.S. 137 ALL WALLS WP3 1 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 "NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONIssuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 6/ 9 / 2 0 2 1 1 1 : 4 8 : 5 7 A M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / U C H e a l t h T i m b e r l i n e _ 2 0 0 3 0 - I N T E R I O R S _ M f e i l e r 8 3 1 . r v t MF 20030 MF I-100 INTERIOR FINISH PLAN TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4.21.2021 1/4" = 1'-0"1 FINISH PLAN LEVEL 2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 6/10/2021 Review Comments XX XX METAL TRANSITION SCHLUTER RENO-V SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH RESILIENT FLOORING DOOR CERAMIC TILE FLOORING 1/ 1 6 " T O 3/ 3 2 " CONCRETE SLAB 5/ 1 6 " MIN. GROUT JOINT ELASTOMERIC SEALANT BY RESILIENT FLOORING INSTALLER METAL TRANSITION SCHLUTER SCHIENE SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH CARPET DOOR RESILIENT FLOORING CONCRETE SLAB 1/ 4 " JOHNSONITE SUBFLOOR LEVELER SYSTEM, LS-40-F 1:25 MAX. SLOPE DOWN 1/ 1 6 " T O 1 / 8 " RESILIENT FLOORING CONCRETE SLAB CERAMIC TILE FLOORING 3/ 8 " DOOR 2 1/2" 7/ 1 6 " SOLID SURFACE THRESHOLD MIN. GROUT JOINT 1/ 1 6 " T O 1 / 8 " 1/ 8 " 1"1 1/4"1/4" ED1 3 E 3 D1 TOILET-2 106 42 SF TOILET-1 105 42 SF I-400 9 10 11 12I-400 5 6 7 8 CTW1/CTW2/AP1 CTW1/CTW2/AP1 1 F U L L T I L E 6" 3 F U L L T I L E S 6" 5' - 0 " CTW1 CTW2 CTW1 CTB1 AP19 I-401 3 F U L L T I L E S 6" 1 F U L L T I L E AP1 CTW1 CTW2 CTW1 CTB1 3 F U L L T I L E S 6" 1 F U L L T I L E AP1 CTW1 CTW2 CTW1 CTB16" AP1 CTB1 8 I-401 9 I-401 6" 6" 3 F U L L T I L E S 1 F U L L T I L E 5' - 0 " CTW1 CTW2 CTW1 CTB1 AP1 8 I-401 CTB1 AP1 6"6" 6" 5' - 0 " 3 F U L L T I L E S 1 F U L L T I L E AP1 CTW1 CTW1 CTW2 CTB16" 3 F U L L T I L E S 6" 1 F U L L T I L E 5' - 0 " AP1 CTW1 CTW2 CTW1 CTB1 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 4/ 2 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 1 : 4 9 : 2 6 A M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / U C H e a l t h T i m b e r l i n e _ 2 0 0 3 0 - I N T E R I O R S _ M f e i l e r 8 3 1 . r v t Author 302-102-012 Approver I-400 INTERIOR DETAILS & ELEVATIONS UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4.21.2021 1'-0" = 1'-0"1 CERAMIC TILE TO RESILIENT FLOORING TRANSITION 1'-0" = 1'-0"2 RESILIENT TO CARPET FLOORING TRANSITION 1'-0" = 1'-0"3 RESILIENT TO CERAMIC TILE FLOORING TRANSITION 1/2" = 1'-0"4 ENLARGED PLAN - TOILET ROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"5 105 - TOILET_N 1/4" = 1'-0"6 105 - TOILET_E 1/4" = 1'-0"7 105 - TOILET_S 1/4" = 1'-0"8 105 - TOILET_W 1/4" = 1'-0"9 106 - TOILET_N 1/4" = 1'-0"10 106 - TOILET_E 1/4" = 1'-0"11 106 - TOILET_S 1/4" = 1'-0"12 106 - TOILET_W MARK DATE DESCRIPTION TILE AS SCHEDULED MIN GROUT JOINT FLOOR TILE AS SCHEDULED MIN GROUT JOINT METAL COVE BASE SCHLUTER DILEX-EHK SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SIZE FOR SPECIFIED TILE FINISHED WALL AS SCHEUDLED METAL FINISHING EDGE- PROTECTION SCHLUTER SCHIENE AE-100 SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISHES MINIMUM GROUT JOINT 5/ 1 6 " RE : I N T E R I O R F I N I S H E L E V A T I O N S 5/16" BASE AS SCHEDULED SHEET WALL PROTECTION FLOOR AS SCHEDULED MOLDING AS SPECIFIED 10 3 / 8 " RE F E R T O F I N I S H S C H E D U L E 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " F O R F I E L D V A R I A T I O N SK I M W A L L L E V E L W I T H FA C E O F W A L L P R O T E C T I O N WAINSCOT TRIM (407) OUTSIDE CORNER (409-CL) 3/ 8 " 3/8" 3/8 " INSIDE CORNER (409) WHERE CAULKED BUTT JOINT IS NOT SPECIFIED CAULKED BUTT JOINT TYP., UNO *COLOR MATCH CAULK BUTT JOINT 3/ 8 " METAL WALL CORNER SCHLUTER RONDEC RO100AE SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH INSTALLED FLUSH WITH TILE WALL TILE GYP BOARD/CEMENT BACKER WALL TILE THIN SET 3/ 8 " 3/8"3/8" 5' - 0 " TILE WAINSCOT MIRROR PAINTED PLYWOOD BACKING AP1 5 I-401 3/4" TYP. MIRROR WALL TILE THIN SET GYP. BOARD / CEMENT BACKER PAINTED PLYWOOD BACKING (AP1) WITH SMOOTH EDGES MATCH TILE THICKNESS 3/ 4 " 3/8" OR 5/16" 3/8" 3/8" OR 5/16" SKIM AND PROVIDE BACKER AS NEEDED TO ALIGN FACES OF TILE GYP BOARD/CEMENT BACKER MIN. GROUT JOINT WALL TILE ADDITIONAL BACKER AS NEEDED 10.5MM 8" 8" STAGGER FIELD TILE 33% LENGTH OF TILE 2' - 0" 1' - 0 " 8" CHAIR RAIL DOOR AND FRAME AS SCHEDULED 3/8" GYP BOARD/CEMENT BACKER WALL TILE METAL FINISHING EDGE PROTECTION SCHLUTER SCHIENE AE-100 SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISHES 1/2" SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP 3/ 4 " 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE MILLWORK CABINET OR BLOCKING RE: ARCH ELEVATIONS/DETAILS 1/2" 4" 1/ 2 " R 3 /4 " SEAL ALL PERIMETER JOINTS WITH CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT 1/2" SOLID SURFACE BACKSPLASH SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL AT JOINT OF BACKSPLASH AND COUNTERTOP SECURE ALL SOLID SURFACE ELEMENTS WITH JOINT ADHESIVE AS REQUIRED, NO VISIBLE SEAMS OR GLUE 1/2" SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE SOLID SURFACE EASED EDGE - SMOOTH GRADUAL TRANSITION WITH NO SHARP CORNERS, POLISHED SOLID SURFACE FASCIA BETWEEN LIP AND SUBSTRATE SECURE ALL SOLID SURFACE ELEMENTS WITH JOINT ADHESIVE AS REQUIRED, NO VISIBLE SEAMS OR GLUE 1/2"1/2" 3/ 4 " 1/ 2 " CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM RETAINER .070" VINYL OR G2 BIOBLEND COVER .080" #8 X 1 1/2" (M4X38) PHILLIPS INDENTED HEX SELF DRILLING SCREW (HW19) 3" 3" 2700 ALUM. RETAINER .060" 1" 3" 2700 VINYL COVER .070" #10 X 1 3/4" SHEET METAL SCREW W/ ALLIGATOR ANCHOR 30 " A F F PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 4/ 2 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 1 : 4 9 : 2 6 A M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / U C H e a l t h T i m b e r l i n e _ 2 0 0 3 0 - I N T E R I O R S _ M f e i l e r 8 3 1 . r v t MF 302-102-012 MF I-401 INTERIOR DETAILS UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4.21.2021 6" = 1'-0"8 METAL COVE BASE AT TILE BASE 6" = 1'-0"10 SHEET WALL PROTECTION 1'-0" = 1'-0"14 SHEET WALL PROTECTION TRIM PIECES 3" = 1'-0"7 TILE WALL END WITH METAL CORNERS 1/2" = 1'-0"4 TILE WAINSCOT AT MIRROR 6" = 1'-0"5 BACKING AT MIRROR 6" = 1'-0"6 CERAMIC TILE ALIGNMENT 3/4" = 1'-0"3 33% OFFSET TILE INSTALLATION 3" = 1'-0"1 CHAIR RAIL TERMINATION 6" = 1'-0"9 METAL TRIM AT WALL TILE 6" = 1'-0"12 SOLID SURFACE BACKSPLASH 6" = 1'-0"13 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP EDGE 12" = 1'-0"11 CORNER GUARD 6" = 1'-0"2 Chair Rail MARK DATE DESCRIPTION FURNITURE PLAN LEGEND CHAIR, LOUNGE CHAIR, LOUNGE BARIATRIC CHAIR, SIDE ARMLESS CHAIR, TASK, ARMS TABLE, END SQUARE TABLE, SQUARE WORKSTATION, STRAIGHT CHAIR, SIDE W/ ARMS FILE PEDESTAL TABLE LAMP CHAIR, SIDE, BARIATRIC CHAIR, TASK, ARMLESS GF1FE1ED1DC1CBA 6 5 4 3 2 1 WAITING 100 VACCINES 129 RECEPTION 101 VITALS 130 EXAM-2 103 EXAM-1 102 HALL 131 EXAM-3 104 HALL 133 HALL 132 TOILET-2 106 TOILET-1 105 M.A. STATION 128 X-RAY 107 EXAM-4 108 EXAM-5 110 EXAM-6 109 LAB/DRAW 111 I.T. 116 EXAM-7 112 TREATMENT 113 EXAM-8 114 EXAM-9 115 EXAM-10 117 STORAGE-1 118 BREAK 127 HALL 134 A B C D E F G 1 2 3 4 5 6 F1E1D1C1 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 4/ 2 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 1 : 4 9 : 3 3 A M BI M 3 6 0 : / / 3 0 2 - 0 1 2 T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r / U C H e a l t h T i m b e r l i n e _ 2 0 0 3 0 - I N T E R I O R S _ M f e i l e r 8 3 1 . r v t MF 302-102-012 MF IF-100 FURNITURE PLAN UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4.21.2021 1/4" = 1'-0"1 FURNITURE PLAN LEVEL 2 - FOR REFERENCE ONLY MARK DATE DESCRIPTION GENERAL LEGEND HVAC LEGEND TEE OFF TOP OF PIPE TEE OFF BOTTOM OF PIPE PIPE ELBOW UP PIPE ELBOW DOWN AIRFLOW - RETURN/EXHAUST TA RA EA OA SA RETURN AIR EXHAUST AIR TRANSFER AIR AIRFLOW - SUPPLY OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY AIR MVD RETURN OR EXHAUST REGISTER OR GRILLE STANDARD RADIUS ELBOW NEW RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK - WIDTH x DEPTH EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE REMOVED FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SLOT DIFFUSER BACKDRAFT DAMPER 10x8 45° TAKEOFF DUCT ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES RETURN/EXHAUST DUCT UP & DOWN SUPPLY DUCT UP & DOWN MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER CONICAL SPIN-IN FITTING WITH MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER CONICAL SPIN-IN FITTING WITHOUT MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER OFFSET DUCT UP / DOWN IN DIRECTION OF ARROW SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION DN UP AD/AP (E) N.O. N.C. POINT OF CONNECTION - NEW TO EXISTING ACCESS DOOR/ACCESS PANEL EXISTING (DEMOLITION OR REMOVED) CONTROL WIRING EXISTING NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED A.F.F. N.I.C. M.C. E.C. ABBV. G.C. SYMBOL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR NOT IN CONTRACT GENERAL CONTRACTOR FSD FD MCD COMBINATION MOTORIZED FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER FIRE DAMPER MOTORIZED CONTROL DAMPER DESCRIPTION HWR HWS ABBV. HEATING WATER SUPPLY HEATING WATER RETURNHWR SYMBOL HWS DESCRIPTION EF SF EXHAUST FAN SUPPLY FAN ROOFTOP UNITRTU SR ER EXHAUST REGISTER SUPPLY REGISTER TG TRANSFER GRILLE ROUND SUPPLY DUCT UP & DOWN CEILING DIFFUSER (FOUR WAY THROW PATTERN) EXISTING COMBINATION MOTORIZED FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER EXISTING FIRE DAMPER CD SD RG/EG RETURN GRILLE WITH SOUND BOOT SLOT DIFFUSERSD SG SUPPLY GRILLE RG RETURN GRILLE EG EXHAUST GRILLE B M WALL SWITCH$ (E)10x8 10x8 NEW ROUND DUCTWORK - DIAMETER10"ø (N)NEW THERMOSTAT / HUMIDISTATT H P.C.PLUMBING CONTRACTOR RG 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 FAN SCHEDULE PLAN MANUFACTURER CFM T.S.P. RPM MOTOR WT VIB. CONTROL DAMPER CODE & MODEL NO. TYPE SERVICE SONES @ 5,300' @ 5,300' HP V/ø/Hz (LBS) ISOL. TYPE REMARKS EF-1 GREENHECK SP-A390-VG CEILING RESTROOM 2.5 125 757 14W 120/1/60 30 NOTE: 3 NOTE: 5 NOTE: 4 NOTE: 1,2 EF-2 GREENHECK SP-A390-VG CEILING RESTROOM 2.5 125 757 14W 120/1/60 31 NOTE: 3 NOTE: 5 NOTE: 4 NOTE: 1,2 EF-3 GREENHECK SP-A390-VG CEILING EVS 2.5 75 650 14W 120/1/60 32 NOTE: 3 NOTE: 6 NOTE: 4 NOTE: 1,2 EF-4 GREENHECK SP-A390-VG CEILING I.T. 3.5 300 1,150 42W 120/1/60 30 NOTE: 3 NOTE: 7 NOTE: 4 NOTE: 1,2 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT. 2. PROVIDE WITH VARIABLE SPEED ECM MOTOR AND MOTOR MOUNTED DIAL POTENTIOMETER. 3. MOUNT FROM STRUCTURE WITH RUBBER IN SHEAR ISOLATORS. 4. PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS BACKDRAFT DAMPER MOUNTED AT FAN DISCHARGE. 5. FAN POWERED BY WALL SWITCH OR OCCUPANCY SENSOR PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. 6. FAN POWERED BY TIME CLOCK PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. 7. FAN POWERED BY REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT. 1 M0-0 2 M0-0 3 M0-0 EXHAUST FAN DETAIL DUCT ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL SOUND BOOT DETAIL EXHAUST FAN STRUCTURE SUPPORT FROM FLANGE INTEGRAL GRILLE ADJUSTABLE RUBBER GROMMET DISCHARGE DUCT FLEX CONNECTION BACKDRAFT DAMPER FOR DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO DUCT WITH SHEETMETAL SECURE COUNTERFLASHING FLASHING (BY G.C.) (BY M.C.) 2"x12" CURB CANT STRIP (BY M.C.) (BY G.C.) SCREW AND CAULK WATERTIGHT (BY M.C.) COUNTERFLASH 3" MIN. ROOF CAP 18" MIN. 1" RIGID FIBERGLASS DUCT SOUND BOOT RETURN AIR GRILLE 24"x24" OR 24"x12" IN RETURN AIR PAINT INTERIOR OF PLENUM. DUCT BLACK WHERE VISIBLE THROUGH GRILLE. SCALE: NONESCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE CEILING ROOF GRILLES, REGISTERS & DIFFUSERS SCHEDULE PLAN MANUFACTURER TYPE & NECK FACE VOLUME MOUNTING REMARKS CODE & MODEL NO. SERVICE SIZE SIZE DAMPER MATERIAL TYPE FINISH (OBD) CD-1 PRICE SMD SUPPLY AS NOTED 24"x24" NO STEEL LAY-IN WHITE NOTE: 1 SD-1 PRICE SDS SUPPLY AS NOTED 48"x6" NO STEEL LAY-IN WHITE NOTE: 2 SG-1 PRICE 520 SUPPLY AS NOTED NECK+1.75" NO STEEL SURFACE WHITE NOTE: 3 RG-1 PRICE PDDR RETURN 22"x10" 24"x12" NO STEEL LAY-IN WHITE NOTE: 4 TG-1 PRICE 535 TRANSFER AS NOTED NECK+1.75" NO STEEL SURFACE WHITE NOTES: 1. PROVIDE 18"X18" FULL LOUVERED FACE. 2. PROVIDE (2)-1-1/2" SLOTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S SUPPLY PLENUM. 3. PROVIDE DOUBLE DEFLECTION SUPPLY BLADES 4. PROVIDE FIELD FABRICATED SOUND BOOT. REFER TO DETAIL. 1. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT SITE TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE SCOPE OF THE WORK. THESE DOCUMENTS DO NOT REFLECT AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO BID PRICING. NO EXTRAS WILL BE ALLOWED DUE TO LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. 2. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL ABOVE CEILING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, AND CEILING MOUNTED AIR DEVICES WITH EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL, AND MECHANICAL CONDITIONS. APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF NEW WORK ARE SHOWN AND SHOULD BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS EXISTING CONDITIONS WILL ALLOW. 3. COORDINATE DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4. COORDINATE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WITH THE NEW CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN IN THESE DOCUMENTS. 5. EXISTING MECHANICAL WORK IS SHOWN LIGHT. 6. ALL MECHANICAL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE DEMOLISHED SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR SALVAGE BY THE OWNER. ALL NON-SALVAGEABLE ITEMS SHALL THEN BE IMMEDIATELY REMOVED FROM THE SITE BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 7. ALL UNUSED TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING, WIRE MOLD, PNEUMATIC TUBING AND CONTROL COMPONENTS SHALL BE REMOVED. 8. ALL UNUSED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE REMOVED. 9. THE REMOVAL OR INSTALLATION OF CONTROLS, PIPES, DUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT MAY REQUIRE THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WALLS AND CEILINGS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING AND PAINTING THESE WALLS AND/OR CEILINGS SO THEY MATCH THE EXISTING WHERE NOT REPLACED UNDER THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO IDENTIFY THESE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO BID PRICING. 10. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND PAINT WALLS TO MATCH EXISTING AT THE DEMOLISHED CONTROLS. 11. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND SEAL UNUSED ROOF PENETRATIONS AT DEMOLISHED MECHANICAL TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 12. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH THE CEILING, ROOF, AND WALLS TO MATCH EXISTING AT DEMOLISHED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. 13. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE REPAIRS TO ALL EXISTING BUILDING COMPONENTS THAT HAVE BEEN AFFECTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. 14. PORTIONS OF THIS BUILDING WILL BE OCCUPIED DURING THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SCHEDULING OF THEIR WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CLEAN UP AT THE END OF EACH DAY. MECHANICAL DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS 1. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE UTILIZED AS SHOP DRAWINGS NOR NECESSARILY SCALED FOR EXACT MEASUREMENTS. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. MECHANICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID OR COMMENCING WORK. 3. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL COORDINATION OR MODIFICATIONS THAT MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO THE USE OR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN THAT OF THE BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURERS LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 4. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHOWN SHALL BE RUN AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. WHERE CEILING SPACE IS TO BE USED AS A RETURN AIR PLENUM, COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. ALL MATERIALS WITHIN THE CEILING PLENUM WILL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50. 6. WHERE THE CEILING SPACE IS TO BE USED AS A RETURN AIR PLENUM, THE GENERAL AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFY THAT THE RETURN AIR PATH BACK TO THE UNIT IS OPEN WITH A VELOCITY THROUGH ALL OPENINGS OF 400 FPM OR LESS. 7. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL CEILING AIR DEVICES AND ACCESS PANELS. OBTAIN CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT, IF EXACT LOCATIONS ARE NOT SHOWN. 8. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOFING DETAILS SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT. 9. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THERMOSTAT, SENSOR, AND SWITCH LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ALL THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, AND SWITCHES SHALL BE LOCATED 48" AFF UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. WHERE EXISTING CONDITIONS REQUIRE EXPOSED CONTROL WIRING, SUCH WIRING SHALL BE CONCEALED WITH WIRE MOLD. WIRE MOLD COLOR SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. 10. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT LABELS FOR ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS, FANS, CONTROLS, AND DAMPERS. LABELS SHALL BE AFFIXED OR ADHERED DIRECTLY TO EQUIPMENT. EQUIPMENT TO BE LABELED WITH ENGRAVED PLASTIC LAMINATE SIGNS. 11. BALANCE AIR (HYDRONIC, AND RECIRCULATING DOMESTIC HOT WATER) SYSTEMS TO THE QUANTITIES SHOWN AND SUBMIT BALANCE REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. FAN AND PUMP SYSTEMS TO BE BALANCED WITHIN PLUS 10 PERCENT OR MINUS 5 PERCENT OF LISTED VALUES. AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO BE BALANCED WITH PLUS 10 PERCENT TO MINUS 5 PERCENT OF LISTED VALUES. 12. SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ELECTRONIC PDF FILES OF MECHANICAL SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW OF ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT AS LISTED ON DRAWING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES, AS WELL AS DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES AND CONTROLS. ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR EQUIPMENT OR INSTALLATION COORDINATION THAT HAS NOT BEEN SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW. 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY WORK, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND PROPER OPERATION FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF BUILDING BY OWNER. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL NOT INCLUDE NORMAL MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BY THE OWNER AS DESCRIBED IN O&M MANUALS. 14. PROVIDE TWO SETS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS FOR OWNER AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. MANUALS TO INCLUDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, REPLACEMENT PART LISTS, AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION ON ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS SHOWING ACTUAL INSTALLED LOCATIONS OF WORK. SUBMIT THESE DRAWINGS AS PART OF THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 16. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ORDER TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS REQUIRING ACCESS FOR SERVICING OR ADJUSTMENT LOCATED ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ACCESS DOOR LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 12"x12" ACCESS DOORS FOR HAND ACCESS (VALVES AND DAMPERS) AND 24"x24" ACCESS FOR HEAD AND SHOULDER ACCESS FOR OTHER EQUIPMENT. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS 1. ALL RECTANGULAR SUPPLY, RETURN, AND TRANSFER DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED WITH 1”DUCT LINER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL CONCEALED ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH 1-½”DUCT WRAP WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKET, MINIMUM R-6. 3. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKET, MINIMUM R-6. 4. ALL EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO BE INSULATED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. REFRIGERANT SUCTION PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH MINIMUM 1/2" THICK CLOSED CELL INSULATION, OR AS RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. NOTE THAT BOTH REFRIGERANT LIQUID AND SUCTION LINES SHALL BE INSULATED FOR VRF AND DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEMS. MECHANICAL HVAC INSULATION NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS 1. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE CLEAR, INSIDE DIMENSIONS. WHEN DUCT LINER IS REQUIRED, INCREASE SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS ACCORDINGLY. 2. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE NECK OF THE AIR DEVICE. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 8'-0”IN LENGTH. PROVIDE RIGID ROUND DUCTWORK FOR TAKEOFFS IN EXCESS OF 8'-0”. 3. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, BRANCH TAKEOFFS ARE TO BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE DIFFUSER NECK SIZE INDICATED. 4. PROVIDE DUCT TRANSITIONS FROM EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS TO DUCT SIZES INDICATED AS REQUIRED. 5. PROVIDE A FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO THE INTAKE AND DISCHARGE OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT HAVING ROTATING PARTS. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 6. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE A MINIMUM 26 GAUGE SHEETMETAL, OR AS REQUIRED BY ALL APPLICABLE CODES. ALL DUCTWORK CROSSING RATED CORRIDORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 24 GAUGE SHEETMETAL. DUCT GAUGES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED SMACNA STANDARDS. 7. ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEALED AIRTIGHT WITH DUCT SEALANT (SMACNA SEAL CLASS “A”) ALONG ALL SEAMS AND JOINTS. 8. ALL UNLINED DUCTWORK THAT IS VISIBLE THROUGH THE AIR DEVICE SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK. 9. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 10'-0”SEPARATION FROM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES TO EXHAUST TERMINATIONS AND FLUE OUTLETS. 10. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 15'-0" FROM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES TO PLUMBING VENTS. 11. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 3'-0”SEPARATION FROM EXHAUST TERMINATIONS TO OPERABLE WINDOWS AND DOORS. 12. ALL NEW MOTORIZED ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED AT LEAST 10'-0" FROM THE EDGE OF THE ROOF. 13. ALL ELBOWS, BOTH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL, SHALL BE LONG RADIUS ELBOWS WHEREVER POSSIBLE, OR SHALL HAVE TURNING VANES WHERE SHOWN. 14. BRANCH FITTINGS SERVING GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS SHALL BE CONICAL (OR 45° TAKEOFFS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS). PROVIDE WITH MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS UNLESS THE AIR TERMINAL IS PROVIDED WITH AN OBD. 15. RECTANGULAR BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFFS SHALL HAVE 45° TAKEOFFS AND ROUND DUCT TAKEOFFS SHALL BE CONICAL. 16. ALL JOB SITE DUCTWORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION SHALL BE COVERED AND PROTECTED FROM DIRT, DUST, AND DAMAGE PER SMACNA STANDARDS. OPENINGS IN INSTALLED DUCTWORK DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SEALED CLOSED WITH PLASTIC TO PREVENT DUST AND DEBRIS INTRUSION INTO DUCTWORK SYSTEMS. 17. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE 'B' TYPE, WITH BLADES OUT OF AIRSTREAM. MECHANICAL HVAC NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 7 : 0 8 : 0 0 A M N: \ 2 0 0 8 3 \ R e v i t 2 0 2 0 \ 2 0 0 8 3 - H V A C - R 2 0 . r v t EAB 302-102-012 EAB M0-0 MECHANICAL COVER SHEET, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 SHEET INDEX SHEET NUMBER MECHANICAL, PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION SHEET TITLE SHEET SCALE M0-0 MECHANICAL COVER SHEET, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS NONE M0-1 HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL 2 1/4"=1'-0" M1-1 HVAC PLAN LEVEL 2 1/4"=1'-0" MARK DATE DESCRIPTION HVAC DEMOLITION KEYNOTES: REMOVE EXISTING AIR DEVICE AND FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK IF NEEDED FOR NEW AIR DEVICE LOCATION. 1 T T T (E ) 1 7 x 1 0 S A (E)17x10 SA (E)EF (E)6x6 EA (E)19x10 RA (E)12x10 SA SD1 SD1 SD 1 SD 1 SD 1 SD 1 CD1 CD1 CD1 CD1 CD1 CD1 SD1 SD1 RG1 RG 1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 RG1 (E ) 1 4 x 1 0 S A (E ) 1 4 x 1 0 S A (E)14x10 SA (E)14x10 SA EF2 EF2 RG1 RG1 CD CD1 (E)18x10 SA (E)18x10 RA (E ) 1 2 x 1 0 S A SG1 (E ) 1 4 x 1 0 S A (E ) 1 2 x 1 0 S A (E ) 1 6 x 1 0 S A (E)14x10 CD1 CD1 CD1 TG TYP.(2)1 (E)16x10 RA CD1 CD 1 SD 1 CD1 CD1 CD1 CD1 CD1 CD1CD1 SG1 RG1 SD 1 SD 1 SD 1 SD 1SD1 SG (E)SG (E)SD SD EF2 3 6x 6 (E)19x10 RA REMOVE EXISTING CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN AND ALL ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES. REMOVE EXISTING DUCTWORK INDICATED ALONG WITH ALL HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES. 2 3 SD1 (E)RTU-4 (ON ROOF) (E)RTU-3 (ON ROOF) 3 CD1 6 6 (E)RTU-2 (ON ROOF) (E)RTU-1 (ON ROOF) T (E)8"ø SA T (E)RG EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO NEW WORK PLAN. 4 4 4 5 EXISTING ABANDONED THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED. VERIFY WHICH THERMOSTAT CONTROLS (E)RTU-1 PRIOR TO WORK. 5 DUCTWORK UP THROUGH ROOF TO TERMINATION TO BE REMOVED. PROVIDE SHEETMETAL CURB CAP ON EXISITING CURB. 6 3 (E)CD (E)CD(E)CD (E)CD 16x10 SA14x10 SA 7 (E)CD (E)CD (E)SD TYP.(4) (E)RG (E)RG (E)RG (E)RG (E)SD TYP.(6) 3 18x10 SA 3 FCU 8 8 8 FCU 8 8 DUCTWORK UP TO CONNECITON AT (E)RTU-4 TO BE REMOVED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW HORIZONTAL RATED ASSEMBLY. REMOVE EXISTING ABANDONED HEATING WATER PIPING, CONTROL VAVLES AND ABAONDONED FAN COILS LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. CAP PIPING AT FLOOR. 7 8 3 1 3 1 1 3 14 x 1 0 S A 16 x 1 0 S A 3 3 3 (E)14x10 SA 14x10 SA 3 16 x 1 0 S A PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 7 : 0 8 : 0 1 A M N: \ 2 0 0 8 3 \ R e v i t 2 0 2 0 \ 2 0 0 8 3 - H V A C - R 2 0 . r v t EAB 302-102-012 EAB M0-1 HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL 2 UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL 2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 6/3/2021 Review Comments 4 6/21/2021 Review Comments 2015 IMC MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR REQUIREMENTS - RTU-3 ROOM ROOM OCCUPANCY FLOOR DESIGN OA/ OA/ AIR ZONE AIR REQUIRED SA NAME NO. CATEGORY AREA POP. PERSON SF DISTRIBUTION DIST. EFF. OA TO ZONE TO ZONE (SF) (Rp) TYPE (Ez) (Voz) (CFM) VACCINES 129 Storage rooms 60 0 0.0 0.12 CSCR 0.8 9.0 100 HALL 134 Office space 215 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 28.6 100 FUTURE X-RAY 107 Office space 155 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 24.1 400 EXAM 6 109 Office space 107 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 20.5 150 TOTAL REQUIRED OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE FLOW RATE (Vot)82 CFM TOTAL OUTDOOR AIR PROVIDED 100 CFM *TAB TO VERIFY EXISTING OUTSIDE AIRFLOW RATES MEET MINIMUM REQUIRED. 2015 IMC MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR REQUIREMENTS - RTU-2 ROOM ROOM OCCUPANCY FLOOR DESIGN OA/ OA/ AIR ZONE AIR REQUIRED SA NAME NO. CATEGORY AREA POP. PERSON SF DISTRIBUTION DIST. EFF. OA TO ZONE TO ZONE (SF) (Rp) TYPE (Ez) (Voz) (CFM) LAB DRAW 111 Break rooms 105 3 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 24.3 175 EXAM 7 112 Office space 123 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 21.7 275 TREATMENT 113 Office space 156 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 24.2 275 EXAM 8 114 Office space 97 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 19.8 175 EXAM 9 115 Office space 97 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 19.8 175 EXAM 10 117 Office space 97 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 19.8 175 HALL 134 Corridors 144 0 0.0 0.06 CSCR 1.8 4.8 100 TOTAL REQUIRED OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE FLOW RATE (Vot)134 CFM TOTAL OUTDOOR AIR PROVIDED 150 CFM *TAB TO VERIFY EXISTING OUTSIDE AIRFLOW RATES MEET MINIMUM REQUIRED. 2015 IMC MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR REQUIREMENTS - RTU-4 ROOM ROOM OCCUPANCY FLOOR DESIGN OA/ OA/ AIR ZONE AIR REQUIRED SA NAME NO. CATEGORY AREA POP. PERSON SF DISTRIBUTION DIST. EFF. OA TO ZONE TO ZONE (SF) (Rp) TYPE (Ez) (Voz) (CFM) WAITING 100 Lobbies/prefunction 460 14 7.5 0.06 CSCR 0.8 163.9 750 EXAM 1 102 Office space 116 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 21.2 200 EXAM 2 103 Office space 101 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 20.1 175 EXAM 3 104 Office space 97 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 19.8 175 EXAM 4 108 Office space 97 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 19.8 175 EXAM 5 110 Office space 97 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 19.8 175 TOTAL REQUIRED OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE FLOW RATE (Vot)264 CFM TOTAL OUTDOOR AIR PROVIDED 275 CFM *TAB TO VERIFY EXISTING OUTSIDE AIRFLOW RATES MEET MINIMUM REQUIRED. 2015 IMC MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR REQUIREMENTS - RTU-1 ROOM ROOM OCCUPANCY FLOOR DESIGN OA/ OA/ AIR ZONE AIR REQUIRED SA NAME NO. CATEGORY AREA POP. PERSON SF DISTRIBUTION DIST. EFF. OA TO ZONE TO ZONE (SF) (Rp) TYPE (Ez) (Voz) (CFM) BREAK 127 Break rooms 228 6 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 52.7 300 MA STATION 128 Office space 308 2 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 32.7 550 EXISTING OFFICE 119-124 Office space 900 5 5.0 0.06 CSCR 0.8 95.6 400 TOTAL REQUIRED OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE FLOW RATE (Vot)181 CFM TOTAL OUTDOOR AIR PROVIDED 200 CFM *TAB TO VERIFY EXISTING OUTSIDE AIRFLOW RATES MEET MINIMUM REQUIRED. HVAC KEYNOTES: REPLACEMENT DIFFUSER LOCATED IN NEW CEILING. EXTEND EXISTING FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK OR PROVIDE NEW FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED. 1 TOILET-2 106 TOILET -1 105 TOILET-3 120 OPEN OFFICE 119 EXAM-10 117 TREATMENT 113 EXAM-7 112 EXAM-5 110 EXAM-4 108 EXAM-3 104 EXAM-2 103 I.T. 116 EF-1 EF-2 EF-4 (E)EF VACCINES 129 (E)12x10 SA (E ) 6 x 6 E A (E)19x10 RA (E)17x10 SA (E ) 1 7 x 1 0 S A RG-1 RG-1 RG-1 (E ) 1 4 x 1 0 S A (E ) 1 4 x 1 0 S A (E)19x10 RA (E ) 1 2 x 1 0 S A (E ) 1 2 x 1 0 S A (E ) 1 4 x 1 0 S A (E)18x10 SA EF-3 (E)18x10 RA (E)16x10 RA T 6"ø EA RG-1 RG-1 RG-2 $$ 6"ø EA 6" ø E A RG-1 (E)RTU-3 (ON ROOF) T RG-1 EXAM-6 109 T (E)RTU-4 (ON ROOF) 8"ø EA (E)RTU-2 (ON ROOF) RG-1 RG-1 RG-1 RG-1 RG-1 (E)8"ø SA 1 8" ø SD-1 100 CFM 18"ø CD-1 75 CFM 1 8" ø SD-1 100 CFM 18"ø CD-1 75 CFM 18"ø CD-1 75 CFM 18" ø SD-1 100 CFM 8"ø CD-1 75 CFM 8" ø SD-1 100 CFM TYP.(2) 1 1 8" ø SD-1 100 CFM TYP.(2) 18"ø CD-1 75 CFM 8" ø SD-1 175 CFM 1 8"ø CD-1 150 CFM 8"ø CD-1 200 CFM TYP.(2) 1 1 6"ø CD-1 100 CFM 8" ø SD-1 150 CFM1 1 8"ø CD-1 150 CFM 1 8" ø SD-1 150 CFM 8"ø CD-1 200 CFM TYP.(2) 1 1 8"ø CD-1 150 CFM TYP.(3) (E)SG 75 CFM (E)SG 100 CFM 1 8" ø SD-1 100 CFM REBALANCE EXISTING AIR DEVICE TO AIRFLOW INDICATED. 2 2 2 8" ø SD-1 125 CFM 6"ø CD-1 75 CFM 8" ø SD-1 100 CFM 6"ø CD-1 75 CFM 1 18" ø SD-1 100 CFM 8"ø CD-1 75 CFM 18" ø SD-1 100 CFM 1 8"ø CD-1 75 CFM 1 8"ø CD-1 75 CFM 18" ø SD-1 100 CFM EXHAUST DUCTWORK UP THROUGH ROOF TO ROOF CAP TERMINATION. REFER TO DETAIL. T (E)RTU-1 (ON ROOF) EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO SIDEWALL TERMINATION WITH MANUFACTURER'S WALL CAP. 3 4 4 3 3 3 LINE VOLTAGE REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT PROVIDED BY MC WIRED BY EC. 5 5 6 7 7 TIME CLOCK FOR EXHAUST FAN CONTROL MOUNTED ON WALL. TIME CLOCK PROVIDED AND WIRED BY EC. EXHAUST FAN CONTROLLED BY RESTROOM LIGHT SWITCH OR OCCUPANCY SENSOR PROVIDE AND WIRED BY EC. 6 7 RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT, EXTEND CONTROL WIRING AS REQUIRED. 8 8 8 18x10 SA 16x10 SA14x10 SA(E)14x10 SA 9 9 T (E)RG (E)CD (E)CD(E)CD (E)CD (E)CD (E)CD (E)SD TYP.(4) (E)RG (E)RG (E)RG (E)RG (E)SD TYP.(6) RG-1 8x6 SG-1 50 CFM 6"ø 6"ø CD-1 50 CFM ROUTE NEW SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK DOWN FROM (E)RTU-4 CONNECTION THROUGH EXISTING RATED ROOF/CEILING ASSEMBLY AT BOTTOM OF EXISTING STRUCTURE. MC TO WRAP VERTICAL SECTION OF NEW SUPPLY DUCTWORK AND EXISTING RETURN AIR DUCTWORK FROM RATED CEILING PENETRATION THROUGH ROOF LINE WITH ONE-LAYER OF 1-1/2" THICK FIRE WRAP EQUAL TO 3M FIRE BARRIER DUCT WRAP 615+. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. SHEET METAL SOUND BOOT WITH FIRE SMOKE DAMPER AT RATED CORRIDOR PENETRATION. 9 10 1 1 M.A. STATION 128 308 SF BREAK 127 229 SF LAB/DRAW 111 HALL 134 EXAM-8 114 EXAM-9 115 EXAM-10 117 X-RAY 107 WAITING 100 EXAM-1 102 6"ø CD-1 100 CFM RG-1 22x6 RA 6"ø CD-1 100 CFM 22x6 RA 10 10 10 22x6 RA RG-1 10 10 22x6 RA 22x6 RA RG-1 14x10 SA (E)14x10 SA 5 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 7 : 0 8 : 0 2 A M N: \ 2 0 0 8 3 \ R e v i t 2 0 2 0 \ 2 0 0 8 3 - H V A C - R 2 0 . r v t EAB 302-102-012 EAB M1-1 HVAC PLAN LEVEL 2 UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" HVAC PLAN LEVEL 2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 6/3/2021 Review Comments 4 6/21/2021 Review Comments 5 6/28/2021 Review Comments GENERAL LEGEND PLUMBING LEGEND XXX X SECTION/DETAIL IS DRAWN XXX = SHEET NUMBER WHERE X = SECTION/DETAIL NUMBER TEE OFF TOP OF PIPE TEE OFF BOTTOM OF PIPE PIPE ELBOW UP PIPE ELBOW DOWN BV CV BALL VALVE BALANCING VALVE CHECK VALVE PIPE UNION AD/AP (E) POINT OF CONNECTION - NEW TO EXISTING DIRECTION OF FLOW IN PIPE PITCH PIPE DOWN IN DIRECTION OF ARROW ACCESS DOOR/ACCESS PANEL EXISTING (DEMOLITION OR REMOVED) CONTROL WIRING EXISTING A.F.F. N.I.C. T.C.C. M.C. E.C. ABBV. G.C. SYMBOL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR NOT IN CONTRACT GENERAL CONTRACTOR DESCRIPTION GDU EWC GARBAGE DISPOSAL UNIT ELECTRIC WATER COOLER MSB S L WC FD FS FOV FOV VTR WCO FCO FOR FOS LS CD FOS FOR LS CD LAVATORY MOP SERVICE BASIN SINK WATER CLOSET FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK FUEL OIL VENT VENT THRU ROOF WALL CLEANOUT FLOOR CLEANOUT LAWN SPRINKLER FUEL OIL RETURN FUEL OIL SUPPLY CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING W V W HWC HW CW ABBV. SYMBOL SANITARY WASTE ABOVE FLOOR SANITARY WASTE BELOW FLOOR DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING DOMESTIC HOT WATER SANITARY VENT DOMESTIC COLD WATER DESCRIPTION PIPE CAP SHOCK ABSORBER (ELEVATION) HOSE BIBB/WALL HYDRANT THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE OR A.F.G.ABOVE FINISHED GRADE B.F.F.BELOW FINISHED FLOOR B.F.G.BELOW FINISHED GRADE EEW EMERGENCY EYE WASH TS TRAP SEAL SI SOLIDS INTERCEPTOR RPBP REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER OR HB/WH RO RO REVERSE OSMOSIS CA CA COMPRESSED AIR (N)NEW TMV P.C.PLUMBING CONTRACTOR 1. COORDINATE DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. COORDINATE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WITH THE NEW CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN IN THESE DOCUMENTS. 3. EXISTING PLUMBING PIPING, EQUIPMENT ETC IS SHOWN LIGHT. 4. ALL PLUMBING ITEMS INDICATED TO BE DEMOLISHED SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR SALVAGE BY THE OWNER. ALL NON-SALVAGEABLE ITEMS SHALL THEN BE IMMEDIATELY REMOVED FROM THE SITE BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. 5. ALL UNUSED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE REMOVED. 6. THE REMOVAL OR INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES, PIPES AND EQUIPMENT MAY REQUIRE THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WALLS AND CEILINGS. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE COORDINATE AND RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING AND PAINTING THESE WALLS AND/OR CEILINGS SO THEY MATCH THE EXISTING WHERE NOT REPLACED UNDER THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS TO IDENTIFY THESE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO BID PRICING. 7. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND SEAL UNUSED ROOF PENETRATIONS AT DEMOLISHED PLUMBING TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 8. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE REPAIRS TO ALL EXISTING BUILDING COMPONENTS THAT HAVE BEEN AFFECTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 9. PORTIONS OF THIS BUILDING WILL BE OCCUPIED DURING THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SCHEDULING OF THEIR WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CLEAN UP AT THE END OF EACH DAY. PLUMBING DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES 1. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL CONNECTION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECT ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT SITE TO THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE AREA OF WORK. ANY DISCREPANCES BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO BID PRICING. NO EXTRAS WILL BE ALLOWED DUE TO LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. 4. ALL WORK SHALL BE PER LOCAL BUILDING AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. 5. PROVIDE BALL VALVES ON ALL BRANCH LINES FOR BUILDING ISOLATION WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT. 6. REFERENCE HVAC DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT REQUIRING PLUMBING CONNECTIONS. COORDINATE WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR EXACT PLUMBING CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 7. ALL VENTS THROUGH THE ROOF (VTR) SHALL BE POSITIONED A MINIMUM OF 15'-0" FROM ANY OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE. 8. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL FIRE RATED WALLS. ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE. 9. OFFSET ALL PIPING AS REQUIRED TO AVOID STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, CANTS, FLASHING, MECHANICAL, OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 10. PROVIDE CHROME PLATED SET SCREW TYPE ESCUTCHEONS AT ALL EXPOSED PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND CASEWORK. 11. PROTECT ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT INDICATED AS REMAINING IN PLACE OR BEING RELOCATED. REPLACE DAMAGED EQUIPMENT IMMEDIATELY WITH EXACT DUPLICATE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 12. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPERLY LOCATING AND PROTECTING ALL EXISTING PIPING AND UTILITIES FOR THE DURATION OF THE WORK. ANY DAMAGE CAUSED TO EXISTING PIPING OR UTILITIES SHALL BE REPAIRED IMMEDIATELY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 13. COMPLY WITH ALL BUILDING AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS FOR PLUMBING INSTALLATION. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID OR COMMENCING WORK. 14. PORTIONS OF THIS BUILDING WILL BE OCCUPIED DURING THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SCHEDULING OF THEIR WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CLEAN UP AT THE END OF EACH DAY. 15. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT LABELS FOR ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING WATER HEATERS, PUMPS, CONTROL PANELS, ETC. LABELS SHALL BE AFFIXED OR ADHERED DIRECTLY TO EQUIPMENT. EQUIPMENT TO BE LABELED WITH ENGRAVED PLASTIC LAMINATE SIGNS. 16. SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ELECTRONIC PDF FILES OF MECHANICAL SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW OF ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT AS LISTED ON DRAWING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES, AS WELL AS PRODUCTS SHOWN IN SPECIFICATIONS. ENGINEER ASSUMED NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR EQUIPMENT OR INSTALLATION COORDINATION THAT HAS NOT BEEN SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY WORK, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, MATERIALS, AND PROPER OPERATION FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF BUILDING BY OWNER. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL NOT INCLUDE NORMAL MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BY THE OWNER AS DESCRIBED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 18. PROVIDE TWO SETS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS FOR OWNER AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. MANUALS TO INCLUDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, REPLACEMENT PART LISTS, AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION ON ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, ETC. SUBMITTED. 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS SHOWING ACTUAL INSTALLED LOCATIONS OF WORK. SUBMIT THESE DRAWINGS AS PART OF THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES PIPING: A. WASTE, VENT, AND STORM PIPING ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST-IRON WITH NO-HUB FITTINGS. B. WATER PIPING AND CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" COPPER, SOLDERED FITTINGS WITH LEAD FREE SOLDER AND FLUX. INSULATION: A. WATER PIPING INSULATION SHALL BE 1" THICK & EQUAL TO .21 TO .28 BTU· IN/h· FT2/· °F CONDUCTIVITY. EQUIPMENT: A. FLOOR DRAIN (FD-1): ZURN Z-415-B, CAST-IRON BODY, BOTTOM OUTLET, FLASHING FLANGE, NICKEL BRONZE TOP. B. FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO): CAST IRON BODY & FRAME, CLEANOUT PLUG, ADJUSTABLE, ROUND, NON-SLIP OR ABRASIVE, NICKEL- BRONZE TOP. WATTS OR EQUAL. C. WALL CLEANOUT (WCO): CAST IRON BODY ADAPTABLE TO PIPE W/ CAST BRONZE OR CAST BRASS CLEANOUT PLUG. STAINLESS STEEL COVER INCLUDING SCREWS. JOSAM OR EQUAL. D. TRAP SEAL (TS): SURE SEAL OR EQUAL. VALVES: A. BALL VALVES SHALL BE NSF 61 RATED AND EQUAL TO APOLLO #77CLF-100/200. B. DRAIN VALVES SHALL BE NSF 61 RATED AND EQUAL TO APOLLO 70LF-(10/20)X-HC. C. CHECK VALVES SHALL BE NSF 61 RATED AND EQUAL TO APOLLO 161(T/S)LF OR EQUAL. D. BALANCING VALVES SHALL BE ONE PIECE, NON-FERROUS BRONZE WITH SHUTOFF COMBINATION. VENTURI TYPE, LEAD FREE, FLOWSET OR EQUAL. SPECIFICATION (PLUMBING) PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 4/ 2 0 / 2 0 2 1 8 : 5 7 : 4 3 A M C: \ U s e r s \ s k a r a k e l y a n . T H E B A L L A R D G R O U P \ D o c u m e n t s \ 2 0 0 8 3- P L B G - R 2 0 _ s k a r a k e l y a n J 4 H X H . r v t TRH/SK 302-102-012 TRH P0-0 PLUMBING COVER SHEET -LEGEND, NOTES, SPECIFICATION & SHEET INDEX UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 SHEET INDEX SHEET NUMBER PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION SHEET TITLE TBG Drawing Scale SHEET ISSUED P0-0 PLUMBING COVER SHEET - LEGEND, NOTES, SPECIFICATION & SHEET INDEX NONE X P0-1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL 2 1/4"=1'-0" X P1-1 PLUMBING PLAN LEVEL 2 1/4"=1'-0" X P3-1 PLUMBING DETAILS, SCHEDULES & ISOMETRICS NONE X MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 04-21 -2021 A B C D E F G 1 2 3 4 5 6 F1E1D1C1 17 17 12 8 3 9 5 1 1616 1 12 5 4 1 8 (E ) 2 " 9 6 9 17 17 12 (E ) 2 " 6 9 9 (E )3" (E)3" OR 4" (E)3" OR 4" 12 1 1 5 34 8 9 1 4 8 1 8 6 17 9 17 1 9 6 3 8 1 5 9 1 1 12 1110 6 3 1 4 8 12 6 9 2 15 9 6 13 12 6 7 19 5 18 2 PLUMBING DEMOLITION KEYNOTES: REMOVE (E) PLUMBING FIXTURES & ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING. (E) PLUMBING FIXTURE TO REMAIN. CAP (E) WATER PIPING ABOVE CEILING. REMOVE (E) WASTE PIPING. REMOVE (E) WATER PIPING. (E) WATER PIPING TO REMAIN. (E) DOMESTIC WATER RISES TO REMAIN. CAP (E) WASTE PIPING. (E) WASTE PIPING TO REMAIN. CAP (E) VENT PIPING BELOW FLOOR FROM FIXTURES ON LOWER LEVEL. REMOVE (E) VENT PIPING. (E) VTR TO REMAIN. (E) FUTURE TOILET ROUGH-IN TO REMAIN. CAP (E) VENT ABOVE CEILING. (E) VENT TO REMAIN. (E) VTR TO BE REMOVED & ROOF PATCHED. REMOVE (E) PLUMBING FIXTURE & CAP PIPING FOR (N) PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION. (E) LAVATORY DOES NOT DRAIN WELL, SCOPE & REPAIR DRAINAGE ISSUE. CAP PIPING BEHIND WALL. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 4/ 2 0 / 2 0 2 1 8 : 5 7 : 4 5 A M C: \ U s e r s \ s k a r a k e l y a n . T H E B A L L A R D G R O U P \ D o c u m e n t s \ 2 0 0 8 3- P L B G - R 2 0 _ s k a r a k e l y a n J 4 H X H . r v t TRH/SK 302-102-012 TRH P0-1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL 2 UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL 2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 04-21 -2021 A B C D E F G 1 2 3 4 5 6 F1E1D1C1 EXAM-2 103 EXAM-3 104 VACCINES 129 EXAM-4 108 EXAM-5 110 EXAM-7 112 TREATMENT 113 I.T. 116 EXAM-10 117 OPEN OFFICE 119 EXAM-6 109 TOILET -1 105 TOILET-2 106 TOILET-3 120 HALL 135 VITALS 130 23 S-1 S-1 S-1 6 5 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 4 3 2" 1 1/2" 2" 1 1/2" 3 5 6 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 3" 21 20 23 23 23 IMB -1 1 1/2" 11 3 S-2 W/GDU-1 2" 10 (E)3" OR 4" (E)3" OR 4" (E )3"(E)3"EWC-1 6 9 10 8 2 1 MSB-1 10 1 1/2" WC-1 WC-1S-1 2"FD-1 W/TS 2"FD-1 W/TS 10 17 13 5 5 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" (E ) 2 " 15 16 4 L-1 W/TMV-1 15 14 3" 1 1/2" 3 SEE PLBG ISOMETRIC 1 P3-1 2" 21 8 19 18 1 1 / 2 " S-1 S-1 24 23 S-1 S-1 S-1 23 23 S-1 S-1 3/4" 3/4" 26 17 25 Room 138 1/2" 1 1/2" S-1 3 12 5 3" S-1 3 5 8 4 S-1 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " 8 M.A. STATION 128 WAITING 100 EXAM-1 102 Room 142 Room 139 Room 140 Room 141 BREAK 127 3/4" 17 5 3/4"3/4"3/4" 27 27 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 5 SEE PLBG ISOMETRIC 3 P3-1 1 SEE PLBG ISOMETRIC (SIM.) 2 P3-1 1 SEE PLBG ISOMETRIC 2 P3-1 1 SEE PLBG ISOMETRIC 4 P3-1 1 SEE PLBG ISOMETRIC 5 P3-1 1 SEE PLBG ISOMETRIC (SIM.) 5 P3-1 1 PLUMBING KEYNOTES: 3" WASTE DOWN, 1-1/2" VENT RISE, 1/2" HW & 1/2" CW TO MSB. CONNECT PLUMBING TO (E) PLUMBING @ TOILET RM. (E) PLUMBING FIXTURES TO REMAIN. 2" WASTE DOWN, 1-1/2" VENT RISE, 1/2" HW & 1/2" CW TO SINK. 3/4" HW & 3/4" CW DOWN IN WALL & OFFSET TO FIXTURES. BALL VALVES (FULL SIZE) WITH SERVICE ACCESS. CONNECT 3/4" HW & 3/4" CW TO (E) WATER PIPING ABOVE CEILING. CONNECT 1/2" CW TO (E) WATER PIPING ABOVE CEILING. CONNECT 2" WASTE TO (E) WASTE BELOW FLOOR. 2" WASTE DOWN, 1-1/2" VENT RISE & 1/2" CW TO EWC. CONNECT 1-1/2" VENT TO VTR. 1/2" CW TO IMB. CONNECT 1/2" HW & 1/2" CW TO (E) WATER ABOVE CEILING. CONNECT 3/4" HW, 3/4" CW & 3/4" HWC TO (E) WATER PIPING ABOVE CEILING. 3" WASTE DOWN, 1-1/2" VENT RISE, 1/2" CW TO WC. COMBINATION WASTE & VENT SYSTEM. 2" WASTE DOWN, 1-1/2" VENT RISE, 1/2" HW & 1/2" CW TO LAV/TMV. 1/2" BALANCE VALVE WITH SERVICE ACCESS, BALANCE TO 0.5 GPM. REBALANCE (E) HWC PUMP. 2" VENT RISE IN WALL & OFFSET ABOVE CEILING. CONNECT 2" VENT TO (E) 2" VENT BELOW FLOOR. CONNECT 2" VENT TO (E) VTR. CONNECT 3" WASTE TO (E) 3" OR 4" WASTE BELOW FLOOR. CONNECT 1-1/2" VENT TO (E) VENT ABOVE CEILING. CONNECT 1-1/2" WASTE, 1/2" HW & 1/2" CW TO (E) PLUMBING IN WALL FOR (N) SINK. (E) WATER RISES, COORDINATE WITH NEW WALL. P. C. TO SCOPE & REPAIR (E) LAVATORY WASTE LINE, INSUFFICIENT DRAINING. 3/4" CW, 3/4" HW & 3/4" HWC DOWN IN WALL TO BALL VALVES (SHUT-OFF VALVES WITH ACCESS PANEL) FOR DRUG TESTING. 3/4" CW, 3/4" HW & 3/4" HWC RISE & OFFSET TO TOILET ROOM 106. CONNECT 3/4" HWC TO 3/4" HW WITH-IN 2' OF FAUCET. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6/ 3 / 2 0 2 1 7 : 5 7 : 1 5 A M C: \ U s e r s \ s k a r a k e l y a n . T H E B A L L A R D G R O U P \ D o c u m e n t s \ 2 0 0 8 3- P L B G - R 2 0 _ s k a r a k e l y a n J 4 H X H . r v t TRH/SK 302-102-012 TRH P1-1 PLUMBING PLAN LEVEL 2 UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLUMBING PLAN LEVEL 2 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 6/3/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE PIPE SIZE (INCHES, MINIMUM) PLAN FIXTURE WASTE COLD WATER HOT WATER REMARKS CODE TRAP VERT. VENT SUPPLY CONNECTION SUPPLY CONNECTION & ARM DRAIN (MIN.) (MIN.) (ACTUAL) (MIN.) (ACTUAL) WC WATER CLOSET INT. 4" 2" 1/2" 1/2" - - L LAVATORY 1-1/2" 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 3/8" 1/2" 3/8" S SINK 1-1/2" 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" EWC ELEC. WATER COOLER 1-1/2" 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 3/8" - - MSB MOP SERVICE BASIN 3" 3" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" MISCELLANEOUS PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PLAN DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL FINISH REMARKS CODE TMV-1 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE POWERS LFLM-495 ROUGH BRASS NOTE: 1 NOTES: 1.SET TO 110 °F., ASSE 1070. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PLAN DESCRIPTION MANUF. MODEL COLOR FITTINGS MANUF. MODEL COLOR REMARKS CODE FINISH FINISH WC-1 WATER CLOSET AMERICAN 212AA.104 WHITE SEAT OLSONITE 95CC WHITE NOTES: 5 STANDARD L-1 LAVATORY-WALL HUNG (ACCESSIBLE) AMERICAN 0355.012 WHITE FAUCET DELTA 501HDFHGM CHROME NOTES: 1,2,3,4 STANDARD S-1 SINK (ACCESSIBLE)ELKAY LRAD-1517-6" STAINLESS FAUCET CHICAGO 786-317-FCABCP CHROME NOTES: 1,4,6,7 STEEL S-2 SINK (ACCESSIBLE)ELKAY LRAD-2521-6" STAINLESS FAUCET DELTA 9159-DST CHROME NOTES: 1,4,6,8 STEEL MSB-1 MOP SERVICE BASIN FIAT MSB2424 WHITE FAUCET ZURN Z-843M1-RC-CS CHROME NOTES: 9 EWC-1 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (HIGH/LOW) ELKAY EZSTL8WSSK STAINLESS - - - - NOTES: 10 WITH BOTTLE FILL STATION STEEL GDU-1 GARBAGE DISPOSAL UNIT IN-SINK-ERATOR BADGER 5 - - -- - 1/2 H.P. 120/60/1 IMB-1 ICE MAKER BOX SIOUX CHEF 696-101 W/ARRESTORS FD-1 FLOOR DRAIN SEE SPEC ON P0-0 NOTES: 1. 17 GA. P-TRAP, ANGLE SUPPLIES WITH L.K. STOPS.6. 1.5 GPM FLOW RESTRICTOR. 2. GRID STRAINER, 0.5 GPM FLOW RESTRICTOR.7. GRID STRAINER, S. S. 3. CONCEALED ARM CARRIER.8. WITH PULL DOWN SPRAY. 4. INSULATION KIT.9. VACUUM BREAKER, CHECK STEPS. 5. HANDLE ON ACCESS SIDE OF WC.10. 120/60/1, 1/5 HP. WC WC SINK 3" 2" 2 " 2 " 2" 3 "2" 3 " 3" 3" 2 " LAV W/TMV LAV W/TMV 2"FD W/TS 2"FD W/TS 2" 2" 2" 2" 1 1 / 2 " 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 2" 1 1 / 2 " 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " 1/2" CW TO WC 1/2" HW & 1/2" CW TO LAV 1/2" HW & 1/2" CW TO SINK 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " 1/ 2 " CONNECT 3/4" HWC TO 3/4" HW WITH-IN 2' OF FAUCET 1/2"1/2" 1/2" CW TO WC DRUG TEST SHUT-OFF VALVES FOR TOILET 106 ONLY, LOCATE ACCESS PANEL IN CORRIDOR 2" 2" 2" 2" 1 1 / 2 " 3/ 4 " 3/ 4 " SINK SINK 1/2" HW & 1/2" CW TO SINK (TYP.) 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 2" EWC 1-1/2" CW TO EWC IMB 1/ 2 " 1/2" CW TO IMB 2 " 2 " 2" 2" 1 1 / 2 " 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " SINK SINK 1/2" HW& 1/2" CW TO SINK (TYP.) 2" 2" 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " SINK 1/2" HW & 1/2" CW TO SINK PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F INTERIORS Gallun Snow 131 STANLEY AVE SUITE 202 ESTES PARK, COLORADO 6/ 3 / 2 0 2 1 7 : 5 7 : 1 5 A M C: \ U s e r s \ s k a r a k e l y a n . T H E B A L L A R D G R O U P \ D o c u m e n t s \ 2 0 0 8 3- P L B G - R 2 0 _ s k a r a k e l y a n J 4 H X H . r v t TRH/SK 302-102-012 TRH P3-1 PLUMBING DETAILS, SCHEDULES & ISOMETRICS UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 SCALE:P3-1 1 PLUMBING ISOMETRIC MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 6/3/2021 REVIEW COMMENTS SCALE: NONE PLUMBING ISOMETRIC P3-1 2 SCALE: NONE PLUMBING ISOMETRIC P3-1 3 SCALE: NONE PLUMBING ISOMETRIC P3-1 4 SCALE: NONE PLUMBING ISOMETRIC P3-1 5 1 06-08 -2021 J MM PNL A M PNL B M PNL C M PNL D M PNL E M PNL H M EXISTING POLE MOUNTED XFMR EXISTING OVERHEAD SERVICE POINT OF SERVICE DELIVERY 400AF 400AS WP WP 100A 3P 150A 3P 60A 3P 60A 3P 60A 3P 150A 3P N G ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 80A 3P PANEL "MDP" 400A, 208V, 3-PHASE WORK NOTES: PROVIDE NEW 80A3P CIRCUIT BREAKER, IN EXISTING SPACE. PROVIDE METER, TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD FOR NEW X-RAY EQUIPMENT. IF BUILDING STANDARD METER CANNOT BE LOCATED, PROVIDE EMON DMON METER. CONFIRM FEEDER SIZE WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL INSTALLED LENGTH. 1 2 FUTURE X-RAY 1 3 2 (4#1 & 1#1G)1-1/2"C.3 TYPICAL DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS T F RTS XXcd FACP FAA MM CM * * * CO CO * XXcd M FS TS FS SD THERMAL OVERLOAD SWITCH MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOREC ALTERNATING CURRENTAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENT VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT VAC VDC ROOF TOP UNITRTU VOLTSV PHASEOR PH PREFIX DENOTING 277/480 PANEL KILOVOLT KILOVOLT-AMPERE ISOLATED GROUND KILOWATT PREFIX DENOTING 120/208V PANEL H IG KVA KV L KW EXISTING EMERGENCY END OF LINE RESISTOR FUSE OR FIRE EMERGENCY POWER OFF (E) EOL EM F EPO GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GROUND GFCI G AMPS MOUNTING HEIGHT AFF ABOVE FINISHED GRADE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY A +4'-6" AFF AFG AIC CONDUIT CIRCUIT C CKT SWITCH W/SIZE NON-FUSED DISCONNECT M PULL BOX MOTOR METER CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT JUNCTION BOX M J CB T2 PB PUSH BUTTON L SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET IG POWER/TELEPHONE POLE PHOTOCELL/DAYLIGHT SENSOR SWITCH D DIMMER SWITCH 4 FOUR-WAY SWITCH 3 THREE-WAY SWITCH LANDSCAPE LUMINAIRE BATTERY PACK EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE SURFACE OR PENDANT LIGHTING ELECTRICAL LEGEND POLE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE (R) RELOCATED K KEY OPERATED SWITCH PN PILOT LIGHT (LOAD ON) W/SIZE * ∅ VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD TO BACKBOARD TELEPHONE TERMINAL TELECOMMUNICATION OUTLETTTB GROUND BUS ON WALL TELEVISION OUTLET PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKERP (NOTE: ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN MAY NOT BE USED IN THIS SET OF ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.) ac ABOVE COUNTER (RR) REMOVE & RELOCATE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDUON OS OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR CARD READERCR EMERGENCY CIRCUIT STRIPLIGHT LUMINAIRE ON MOUNTED LUMINAIRE RECESSED LUMINAIRE (# OF HEADS AS SHOWN) LIGHT TRACK (LETTER ADJACENT TO LUMINAIRE REFERS TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE.) LIGHTING CONTROL (* INDICATES TYPE) SINGLE-POLE SWITCH PF PILOT LIGHT (LOAD OFF) SURFACE WALL WASH LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH (LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCHING.) POWER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ABOVE COUNTER 30A3P ABOVE COUNTER GFCI ISOLATED GROUND SPLIT WIRED CEILING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLOOR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOTOR CONTROL CENTER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE LCP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GFCI ABOVE COUNTER DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE CEILING FLOOR CEILING DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLOOR DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY (QUANTITY OF RECEPTACLES AND SPACING AS SPECIFIED) FEEDER BUS DUCT CABLE TRAY (WIDTH, DEPTH AND LOAD AS SPECIFIED) CEILING JUNCTION BOXJ FLOOR JUNCTION BOXJ (QUANTITY OF DEVICES AND SPACING AS SPECIFIED) TRANSFORMER (REFER TO TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE) 30A3P 30A3P SWITCH W/SIZE FUSED DISCONNECT 30A MOTOR STARTER COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER/ DISCONNECT SWITCH LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL "MDP"MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL SYSTEMS MCC ABOVE COUNTER CEILING FLOOR TELECOMMUNICATION OUTLET TELECOMMUNICATION OUTLET TELECOMMUNICATION OUTLET CCTV SECURITY CONTROL PANELSCP AFCI ARC FAULT CIRCUIT INTERUPTER AIR HANDLING UNITAHU AMP FRAMEAF AMP TRIPAT AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHATS BATTERYB CONTROL PANELCP CURRENT TRANSFORMERCT DEDICATEDD DISTRIBUTION PANELDP EXHAUST FANEF ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBINGEMT ELECTRIC WATER COOLEREWC EXPLOSION-PROOFEP FAN COIL UNITFCU FEEDERFDR FIRE SUPPRESSIONFS GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUITGRC HORSE POWERHP LOW VOLTAGELV MONITORM MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MDS MAIN DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MH MANHOLE MTD MOUNTED MTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH N NEUTRAL NC NORMALLY CLOSED NL NIGHT LIGHT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NORMALLY OPEN POWER FACTORPF PDU POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERPT POLYVINYL CHLORIDEPVC RT RAINTIGHT SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICESPD SIGNAL REFERENCE GRIDSRG SHUNT TRIPST SWITCHSW TAMPER RESISTANTTR TEST SWITCHTS TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARDTTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINETTTC UNDER CABINETUC UNDER FLOORUF UNDER GROUNDUG UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLYUPS VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEVFD WATTHOUR METERWHM WEATHERPROOFWP WEATHER RESISTANTWR ABBREVIATIONS PENDANT MOUNTED LINEAR LUMINAIRE RECESSED WALL WASH LUMINAIRE LUMINAIRE P MECHANICAL CONTROL PANELMCP ABOVE COUNTER GFCI DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WIRELESS ACCESS POINTWAP (N) NEW CLOCKC TIMECLOCKTC LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT CONCEALED RACEWAY SURFACE RACEWAY UNDERGROUND RACEWAY S GROUND REVISION SYMBOL X-X X XXX OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS: WIRES AND CONDUIT SIZE AS SHOWN UNLESS HOME RUN INDICATES NUMBER OF CIRCUITS. x XXXXXXXX (8#12 & 1#12G)3/4"C. (6#12 & 1#12G)3/4"C. (4#12 & 1#12G)3/4"C. (2#12 & 1#12G)3/4"C. NEW WORK DARK, SOLID SYMBOL DENOTES FIRE ALARM R RATE OF RISE F FIXED TEMPERATURE (* INDICATES TYPE) C COMBINATION SMOKE/HEAT P PHOTOELECTRIC (* INDICATES TYPE) I IONIZATION BT BEAM TRANSMITTER BR BEAM RECIEVER ASD AIR SAMPLING S SUPPLY AIR R RETURN AIR (* INDICATES TYPE) F FLAME UV ULTRAVIOLET (* INDICATES TYPE) IR INFRAFED VR VISIBLE RADIATION FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR MONITOR MODULE CONTROL MODULE MANUAL PULL STATION SROBE NORN/SPEAKER HORN/SPEAKER/STROBE MINI HORN HEAT DETECTOR SMOKE DETECTOR DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FLAME DETECTOR MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD REMOTE LIGHT/TEST SWITCH CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER TAMPER SWITCH FLOW SWITCH WITH AUDIBLE ALARM ONE-LINE DIAGRAM RACEWAYS MISCELLANEOUS FEEDER (REFER TO FEEDER SCHEDULE) EQUIPMENT (REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE) WORK NOTE SYMBOL ROOM NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER REFERENCE DRAWING EXISTING TO REMAIN LIGHT, SOLID SYMBOL DENOTES REMOVAL WORK DASHED SYMBOL DENOTES T1 A * G T GFP OH UG UNDERFLOOR RACEWAYUF CAP SEAL OFF RACEWAY TURNED UP RACEWAY TURNED DOWN CIRCUIT BREAKER DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER FUSE FUSED SWITCH SWITCH CIRCUIT BREAKER E ELECTRIC OPERATED K KEY INTERLOCKED (* INDICATES TYPE) ST SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION AMMETER V VOLTMETER AS AMMETER SELECTOR SWITCH VS VOLTMETER SELECTOR SWITCH BATTERY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER (REFER TO TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE) CURRENT TRANSFORMER POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER X X X ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DESIGNATION) PANELBOARD (REFER TO AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH ENGINE GENERATOR WEATHER HEAD SERVICE ENTRANCE CONTACT (NO) NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT (NC) NORMALLY CLOSED OVERHEAD LINE X X OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT (REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE) XXX FIRE ALARMFA LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WIRELESS CONNECTION SMOKE DAMPER NOTES: 6" 1. HEIGHTS ARE SHOWN TYPICAL TO CENTERLINE OF BOX UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. DEVICES ABOVE DOORS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN TOP OF DOOR TRIM AND CEILING LINE. 3. COORDINATE THE LOCATIONS OF WALL CONTROLS WITH ACTUAL INSTALLED DOOR SWINGS, CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR. 4. MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THOSE SHOWN ABOVE. 5. FOR CEILING HEIGHTS HIGHER THAN 7'-2", INSTALL FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION AUDIO AND VISUAL APPLIANCES AT 80" A.F.F., OTHERWISE INSTALL AT 6" BELOW CEILING. TYPICAL 8'-0" CEILING 80 " PA N E L EQ U I P M E N T 42 " FINISHED FLOOR18 " 64 " T O P O F 78 " T O P O F 6" COUNTER LOCATE LIGHTING CONTROL WITHIN 2'-0" OF DOOR FRAME OR 1'-0" OF SIDELIGHT OR DOOR SWING IF MOUNTED ON SIDE WALL D J OS W CB LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE LAMP MOUNTING KEY QTY TYPE VOLT FINISH TYPE DEPTH DESCRIPTION MFR MODEL VA NOTES A1 - 3500K LED 120 CLEAR ALZAK RECESSED CEILING 8" 6" DIAMETER RECESSED DOWNLIGHT WITH REGRESSED LENS AND 1500 LUMEN NOMINAL OUTPUT AND 1% 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER HALO COMMERCIAL #H6C-15-D010-HM6-12-935-61-WD-H 15 B1 - 3500K LED 120 WHITE RECESSED GRID 3" 2'X4' RECESSED TROFFER WITH 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AND 6700 LUMEN NOMINAL OUTPUT METALUX #24EN-LD2-67=UNV-L935-CD-1 56 B2 - 3500K LED 120 WHITE RECESSED GRID 2'X2' RECESSED TROFFER WITH 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER, AND 3400 LUMEN NOMINAL OUTPUT METALUX #22EN-LD2-34-UNV-L935-CD-1 29 B2E - 3500K LED 120 WHITE RECESSED GRID 2'X2' RECESSED TROFFER WITH 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER, WITH 3400 LUMEN NOMINAL OUTPUT, AND EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK METALUX #22EN-LD2-34-UNV-L935-CD-EL14W-1 29 C1 - 3500K LED 120 ANTIMICROBIAL WHITE SURFACE UNDERCABINET 1" 22" LONG UNDERCABINET LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL HI/LO/OFF SWITCH AND ANTIMICROBIAL FINISH KELVIX #UC22-3040-010V-120277-WHM-UC-HW 12 D1 - 3500K LED 120 WHITE SURFACE CEILING 3"4' STRIP LIGHT WITH 4500 LUMEN NOMINAL OUTPUT METALUX #4ST2L4035R 40 F1 - 3500K LED 120 PER ARCHITECT SURFACE WALL ABOVE MIRROR 25" LONG RESTROOM WALL SCONCE WITH OPAL ACRYLIC LENS AND METALLIC FINISH PER ARCHITECT SHAPER LIGHTING #605-25-W-L3/835-UNV-PER ARCH 20 G1 - 3500K LED 120 WHITE PENDANT CEILING, PER ARCHITECT 3" 4' LONG PENDANT MOUNTED DIRECT/INDIRECT LUMINAIRE WITH SQUARE PROFILE, 775 LUMEN NOMINAL DOWNLIGHT AND 800 LUMEN NOMINAL UPLIGHT PER FOOT CORELITE #QS-S123DIP-C-775D-805U-8-35-C10-JB-4F0-1-U-DD-F-1-W 48 G1E - 3500K LED 120 WHITE PENDANT CEILING, PER ARCHITECT 3" 4' LONG PENDANT MOUNTED DIRECT/INDIRECT LUMINAIRE WITH SQUARE PROFILE, 775 LUMEN NOMINAL DOWNLIGHT AND 800 LUMEN NOMINAL UPLIGHT PER FOOT AND 14W INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK CORELITE #QS-S123DIP-C-775D-805U-8-35-C10-JB-4F0-1-B2-U-DD-F-1-W48 X1 - LED 120/277 WHITE SURFACE WALL OR CEILING 10" SURFACE WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WITH WHITE HOUSING AND GREEN LETTERS, WITH BATTERY BACKUP AND SELF DIAGNOSTICS, PROVIDE ARROWS AS SHOWN ON PLANS SURE-LITES #LPX-7-SD - X3 - LED 120/277 WHITE SURFACE WALL OR CEILING 10" SURFACE WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WITH WHITE HOUSING, GREEN LETTERS AND INTEGRAL EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT, WITH BATTERY BACKUP, PROVIDE ARROWS AS SHOWN ON PLANS SURE-LITES #APC-H-7-G - X4 - 3000K LED 120/277 BRONZE SURFACE WALL PER ARCH 4" SURFACE WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT, UL WET LOCATION LISTED, SELF DIAGNOSTICS, -22 DEG F BATTERY SURE-LITES #AEL2-31-BZ-SD 5 GENERAL NOTES: A)VERIFY ALL LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING. B)VERIFY TRIM COMPATABILITY WITH CEILING TYPE PRIOR TO SUBMITTALS. PANEL: B LOCATION: HALL 133 VOLTAGE: 208/120 WYE A.I.C. RATING: SUPPLY FROM:MDP PHASES: 3 MAIN TYPE:MLO MOUNTING: RECESSED WIRES: 4 MAIN BUS RATING: 225 A NOTES: EXISTING NEUTRAL:100%MCB RATING: MAX AMPACITY: 150 A NOTES CKT DESCRIPTION CB POLES A B C POLES CB DESCRIPTION CKT NOTES SPARE 100 3 UNUSIBLE SPACE --- - -UNUSIBLE SPACE --- - -UNUSIBLE SPACE 1 1 LTG EXAM 20 1 1786 1080 1 20 REC EXAM 7 #112 2 4 1 3 LTG HALL 20 1 1339 1440 1 20 REC TREATMENT #113 4 4 5 --- 20 1 1440 1 20 EXISTING 6 7 EXISTING 20 1 1440 1440 1 20 EXISTING 8 9 EXISTING 20 1 1440 1440 1 20 EXISTING 10 11 EXISTING 20 1 1440 1440 1 20 EXISTING 12 2 13 REC EXAM 8 #114 20 1 900 1440 1 20 EXISTING 14 2 15 REC EXAM 9 #115 20 1 900 1440 1 20 EXISTING 16 2 17 REC EXAM 10 #117 20 1 900 1440 1 20 EXISTING 18 2 19 REC EXAM 5 #110 20 1 900 1080 1 20 REC EXAM 2 #103 20 3 3 21 REC X-RAY #107 20 1 720 900 1 20 REC EXAM 1 #102 22 3 3 23 REC X-RAY #107 20 1 720 900 1 20 REC TOILET, VITALS 24 3 3 25 REC X-RAY #107 20 1 180 1440 1 20 EXISTING 26 3 27 REC EXAM 4 #108 20 1 900 1440 1 20 EXISTING 28 3 29 REC EXAM 3 #104 20 1 900 1440 1 20 EXISTING 30 31 EXISTING 20 1 1440 1440 1 20 EXISTING 32 33 EXISTING 20 1 1440 1440 1 20 EXISTING 34 35 EXISTING 20 1 1440 1440 1 20 EXISTING 36 5 37 REC LAB #111 20 1 1080 1440 1 20 EXISTING 38 5 39 REC CORRIDOR 20 1 914 1440 1 20 EXISTING 40 5 41 REC IT #116 20 1 180 1080 1 20 REC EXAM 6 #109 42 1 1 43 FIRE/SMOKE DMPR 20 1 500 900 1 20 REC WAITING #100 44 5 1 45 EXAM LIGHT #113 20 1 625 1500 1 20 COPIER WAITING #100 46 5 47 SPACE 180 1 20 AC REC WAITING #100 48 5 TOTAL LOAD 18,486 VA 19,318 VA 14,940 VA TOTAL AMPS 51 A 54 A 41 A CONNECTED DEMAND ESTIMATED LOAD CLASSIFICATION LOAD (VA)FACTOR DEMAND (VA)PANEL TOTALS LIGHTING 2975 1.25 3719 RECEPTACLE 46980 10KVA + 50% REMAIN 28490 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 51,997 VA LARGEST MOTOR 14 1.25 18 TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND: 34,254 VA MOTOR 28 1.00 28 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 144 A EQUIPMENT 2000 1.00 2000 TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND AMPS:95 A PANEL 1.00 KITCHEN 1.00 SPARE CAPACITY:37% NOTES: 1. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER, TO MATCH EXISTING, IN EXISTING SPACE AS PART OF PHASE 1 SCOPE OF WORK. 2. NEW LOAD ON CIRCUIT BREAKER MADE SPARE DURING PHASE 1 DEMOLITION. 3. NEW LOAD ON CIRCUIT BREAKER MADE SPARE DURING PHASE 2 DEMOLITION. 4. REMOVE EXISTING 30A2P CIRCUIT BREAKER AND PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO MATCH EXISTING. 5. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER, TO MATCH EXISTING, IN EXISTING SPACE AS PART OF PHASE 2 SCOPE OF WORK. PANEL: E LOCATION: ROOM 140 VOLTAGE: 208/120 WYE A.I.C. RATING: SUPPLY FROM:MDP PHASES: 3 MAIN TYPE:MLO MOUNTING: RECESSED WIRES:4 MAIN BUS RATING: 60 A NOTES: EXISTING NEUTRAL:100%MCB RATING: MAX AMPACITY: 60 A NOTES CKT DESCRIPTION CB POLES A B C POLES CB DESCRIPTION CKT NOTES 1 RECEPTACLES 20 1 540 250 1 20 LIGHTING 2 3 RECEPTACLES 20 1 540 500 1 20 LIGHTING 4 5 SPACE SPACE 6 7 SPACE SPACE 8 9 SPACE SPACE 10 11 SPACE SPACE 12 TOTAL LOAD 790 VA 1,040 VA TOTAL AMPS 2 A 3 A CONNECTED DEMAND ESTIMATED LOAD CLASSIFICATION LOAD (VA)FACTOR DEMAND (VA)PANEL TOTALS LIGHTING 600 1.25 750 RECEPTACLE 1080 10KVA + 50% REMAIN 1080 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 1,680 VA LARGEST MOTOR 1.25 TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND:1,830 VA MOTOR 1.00 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 5 A EQUIPMENT 1.00 TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND AMPS:5 A PANEL 1.00 KITCHEN 1.00 SPARE CAPACITY:92% NOTES: PANEL:C LOCATION: BREAK 127 VOLTAGE: 208/120 WYE A.I.C. RATING: SUPPLY FROM:MDP PHASES: 3 MAIN TYPE:MLO MOUNTING: RECESSED WIRES:4 MAIN BUS RATING: 100 A NOTES: EXISTING NEUTRAL:100%MCB RATING: 100 A MAX AMPACITY: 100 A NOTES CKT DESCRIPTION CB POLES A B C POLES CB DESCRIPTION CKT NOTES 1 EXISTING LTG 20 1 625 1080 1 20 EXIST REC 2 3 EXISTING LTG 20 1 500 900 1 20 REC MA #128 4 3 5 EXISTING LTG 20 1 875 720 1 20 EXIST REC 6 7 EXISTING 20 1 1440 1440 1 20 EXISTING 8 3 9 REC MA #128 20 1 1080 1440 1 20 EXISTING 10 11 EXIST REC 20 1 180 1440 1 20 EXISTING 12 13 EXISTING 20 1 1440 1440 1 20 EXISTING 14 15 EXISTING 20 1 1440 720 1 20 REC MA #128 16 2 2 17 REF BREAK #127 20 1 900 360 1 20 REC CNTR MA #128 18 2 2 19 DISP BREAK #127 20 1 1176 180 1 20 REC CNTR MA #128 20 2 2 21 AC REC BREAK #127 20 1 180 540 1 20 REC VACCINE #129 22 2 2 23 COFFEE BREAK #127 20 1 900 900 1 20 REFRIG VACCINE #129 24 2 2 25 MICRO BREAK #127 20 1 540 1 20 REC WAITING #100 26 2 1 27 REC EWC #135 20 1 500 630 1 20 LIGHTING 28 2 1 29 REC #137, #120, #127 20 1 942 SPACE 30 TOTAL LOAD 9,361 VA 7,930 VA 7,217 VA TOTAL AMPS 26 A 22 A 20 A CONNECTED DEMAND ESTIMATED LOAD CLASSIFICATION LOAD (VA)FACTOR DEMAND (VA)PANEL TOTALS LIGHTING 1600 1.25 2000 RECEPTACLE 18990 10KVA + 50% REMAIN 14495 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 25,608 VA LARGEST MOTOR 1.25 TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND:21,513 VA MOTOR 1218 1.00 1218 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS:71 A EQUIPMENT 3800 1.00 3800 TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND AMPS:60 A PANEL 1.00 KITCHEN 1.00 SPARE CAPACITY:40% NOTES: 1. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER, TO MATCH EXISTING, IN EXISTING SPACE AS PART OF PHASE 1 SCOPE OF WORK. 2. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER, TO MATCH EXISTING, IN EXISTING SPACE AS PART OF PHASE 2 SCOPE OF WORK. 3. NEW LOAD ON CIRCUIT BREAKER MADE SPARE DURING PHASE 2 DEMOLITION. LOAD SUMMARY - MDP LOAD DESCRIPTION kVA PEAK DEMAND FROM UTILITY COMPANY 38 kVA AT 125% PER NEC 48 kVA ADDED LOAD NEW LOAD - PANEL B 18 kVA NEW LOAD - PANEL C 12 kVA FUTURE X-RAY (100% MOMENTARY RATING) 55 kVA REMOVED LOAD LIGHTING 3.8 kVA RECEPTACLES 11.3 kVA TOTAL LOAD 118 kVA AT 208V, 3-PHASE 327 A SERVICE SIZE 400 A SPARE CAPACITY 73 A PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 1 4 : 5 0 P M C: \ U s e r s \ m a i r i \ D r o p b o x \ R a d i a n t D e s i g n S t u d i o \ 0 1 - P ro j e c t s \ 1 1 5 2 0 0 0 1 - T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r \ D w g \ R e vi t o r A u t o C A D \ E l e c \ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r - E l e ct . r v t MVM 302-102-012 MVM E1-0 ELECTRICAL GENERAL INFORMATION UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FAULT CURRENT ANALYSIS, COORDINATION STUDY, AND ARC FLASH ANALYSIS FOR ENTIRE BUILDING AS PART OF ELECTRICAL GEAR SUBMITTAL. IF EXISTING DEVICES DO NOT MEET THE MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING OR FAIL TO COORDINATE WITH THE DOWNSTREAM DEVICES THEY SHALL BE REPLACED AS PART OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SEALED BY ENGINEER LICENSED IN STATE OF COLORADO. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 6/10/2021 Review Comments 2 6/21/21 Review Comments 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 260000 DIVISION 260000 - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION 260500 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. WORK SHALL INCLUDE FURNISHING ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. ALL OTHER WORK AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NOT MENTIONED OR SHOWN WHICH ARE NECESSARY FOR THE SUCCESSFUL OPERATION AND TESTING OF ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROVIDED. B. SEE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS FOR THIS PROJECT. 1.2 STANDARDS A. COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE ORDINANCES AND LATEST EDITION OF: A) ANSI/NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) B) ANSI/IEEE C2, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE C) IBC, INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE D) NECA, STANDARD OF INSTALLATION E) REQUIREMENTS OF UTILITY AND TELEPHONE COMPANIES FURNISHING SERVICE B. COMPLY WITH MOST STRINGENT OF CURRENTLY ADOPTED CODES, STATUTES, ORDINANCES, OR DRAWINGS/SPECIFICATIONS. THE DRAWINGS/SPECIFICATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE WHEN THEY ARE MORE STRINGENT. CURRENTLY ADOPTED CODES, STATUTES, AND/OR ORDINANCES TAKE PRECEDENCE WHEN THEY ARE MORE STRINGENT. C. PROCURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, LICENSES, AND LIABILITY INSURANCE, ETC. FURNISH CERTIFICATE OF FINAL INSPECTION AND APPROVAL FROM LOCAL INSPECTOR. 1.3 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF CIRCUITS AND OUTLETS, LOCATIONS OF SWITCHES, PANELBOARDS AND OTHER WORK. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WILL NOT ACCEPT REVISING THE CIRCUITING SHOWN WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. B. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY EACH TO THE OTHER. WORK REQUIRED BY EITHER SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED FOR BY BOTH. C. INSTALL AND COORDINATE ALL NEW WORK INCLUDING WHAT IS SHOWN BY OTHER TRADES, ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ETC. THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE, ADJUST ALL WORK TO CONFORM TO THE CONDITIONS SHOWN THEREIN. ALERT THE PROJECT MANAGER AND ENGINEER TO ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS OF OTHER TRADES AND THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. D. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID, VISIT THE SITE OF THE JOB AND INCLUDE AN ALLOWANCE IN THE BID FOR ALL COSTS AND SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENTS RELATED TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. E. DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DIFFERENT PLANS, BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, BETWEEN SPECIFICATIONS, OR REGULATIONS AND CODES GOVERNING THIS INSTALLATION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE PROJECT MANAGER AND ENGINEER WRITING BEFORE THE DATE OF BID OPENING. IN THE EVENT SUCH DISCREPANCIES EXIST, AND THE PROJECT MANAGER AND ENGINEER IS NOT SO NOTI FIED, THE ADJUDICATION OF RESPONSIBILITY SHALL BE SOLELY AT THE DISCRETION OF THE PROJECT MANAGER AND ENGINEER. F. THE WORD “FURNISH” OR "PROVIDE" SHALL MEAN "THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY, INSTALL AND CONNECT". 1.4 COORDINATION A. PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION OF ANY ELECTRICAL WORK, PARTICIPATE IN DETAILED COORDINATION MEETINGS WITH ALL OTHER CONSTRUCTION TRADES, UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SO AS TO COMPLETELY ESTABLISH ROUTINGS, ELEVATIONS, SPACE REQUIREMENTS, AND COORDINATION OF ACCESS, LAYOUT, AND SUSPENSION REQUIREMENTS IN RELATIONSHIP TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES. B. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DIVISION 26 WORK WITH THE INSTALLER OF DIVISION 21, 22, AND 23 AND OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE THAT CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES RELATING TO SPACE REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, ALONG WITH LIMITATIONS RELATING TO INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL OR OTHER PIPING, DUCTWORK, OR EQUIPMENT ABOVE, OR ADJACENT TO, ELECTRICAL APPARATUS, ARE PROPERLY MAINTAINED. C. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF DEVICES. FINAL LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES TO BE DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT. D. PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION, NOTIFY PROJECT MANAGER AND ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND ANY OTHER PROJECT DRAWINGS (I.E., ARCHITECTURAL, FURNITURE SYSTEM, MECHANICAL, STRUCTURAL, ETC.) AS WELL AS DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. E. LAY OUT ALL WORK IN ADVANCE TO ELIMINATE, WHERE POSSIBLE, CUTTING, CHANNELING, CHASING, OR DRILLING OF FLOORS, WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS. DO NOT DEFACE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. INSTALL ALL SLEEVES AND BLOCKOUTS; WATERPROOF AS REQUIRED. F. ALL OPENINGS MADE IN FIRE-RATED WALLS, FLOORS OR CEILINGS, SHALL BE PATCHED AND MADE TIGHT IN A MANNER TO CONFORM TO THE FIRE RATING FOR THE SURFACE PENET RATED. G. COORDINATE ALL OUTAGES ON THE ENTIRE OR ON PORTIONS OF EXISTING OR NEW ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS WITH THE OWNER AND UTILITY COMPANY. OUTAGES SHALL BE MINIMIZED AND SHALL BE OF A DURATION THAT IS ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. OUTAGES SHALL BE SCHEDULED A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) DAYS IN ADVANCE. INCLUDE AN OVERTIME ALLOWANCE IN THE BID FOR PERFORMANCE OF WORK REQUIRING OUTAGES OUTSIDE OF NORMAL WORKING HOURS AS NECESSITATED BY THE OWNER. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 1 FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: WIRING DEVICES, PANELBOARDS, LUMINAIRES, AND LIGHTING CONTROLS. B. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE PRODUCT BEING SUBMITTED WITH THE SAME DESIGNATION SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IDENTIFY SPECIFIC ITEM PROPOSED BY HIGHLIGHTING MODEL NUMBER AND ALL PROPOSED OPTIONS. SUBMITTALS WHICH ARE INCOMPLETE WILL BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT REVIEW. C. CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER AND ENGINEER ARE NOT CHANGE ORDERS; THAT THE PURPOSE OF SUBMITTALS IS TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE PROJECT MANAGER AND ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN CONCEPT; AND THAT THE CONTRACTOR DEMONSTRATES THIS UNDERSTANDING BY INDICATING WHICH EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL HE INTENDS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL AND BY DETAILING THE PROPOSED FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS HE INTENDS TO USE. D. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONS (WHICH CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM AND CORRELATE AT THE JOB SITE), FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, AND COORDINATION OF HIS WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS AND REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEM. IF ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR ANY ITEM OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT EXIST, SUCH DEVIATION SHALL BE EXPRESSLY STATED IN WRITING AND INCORPORATED AS PART OF THE SUBMITTAL. E. NO EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED OR STORED AT THE JOBSITE UNTIL SUBMITTALS FOR SUCH EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS HAVE BEEN GIVEN REVIEW ACTION PERMITTING THEIR USE. 1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS A. MAINTAIN A SET OF ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AT THE SITE. NEATLY RECORD ALL CHANGES AND DEVIATIONS FROM THE ORIGINAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WITH RED PENCIL/INK. UPON COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT THIS SET (OR A DIGITAL VERSION) OF RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT/ENGINEER 1.7 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS INSTALLED SHALL BE NEW, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FIRST-CLASS CONDITION AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY EITHER UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. (UL) OR A NATIONAL TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE NEMA STANDARDS. B. MATERIALS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SPECIFIED UNLESS PRIOR WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SEVEN (7) DAYS BEFORE BID OPENING. C. DEFECTIVE OR DAMAGED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED, PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE, IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. D. EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS ARE BASED ON USE OF EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. IF THE CONTRACTOR CHOOSES TO PROVIDE EQUIPMENT BY AN ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER, EITHER ANOTHER MANUFACTURER LISTED AS ACCEPTABLE OR ANOTHER MANUFACTURER THAT HAS PRIOR WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THAT THE EQUIPMENT CAN BE INSTALLED IN THE SPACE PROVIDED WHILE MAINTAINING CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES. E. STORE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS AT THE JOB SITE PER THE MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS WITH SEALS AND LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. 1.8 WARRANTY A. THE ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE LEFT IN PROPER WORKING ORDER. REPLACE, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER, ANY WORK, MATERIALS, OR EQUIPMENT WHICH EVIDENCES DEFECTS IN DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN ONE YEAR, OR AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ELSEWHERE IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS, FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 1.9 WORKMANSHIP A. WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO HIGHEST INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR EACH TRADE INVOLVED IN ERECTION OF THE WORK. B. CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL AND SUBCONTRACTORS SELECTED TO PERFORM THE WORK SHALL BE WELL VERSED AND SKILLED IN THE TRADES INVOLVED. C. ANY CHANGES OR DEVIATIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE ACCEPTED IN WRITING BY THE PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. ALL ERRORS IN INSTALLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. ALL SPECIALTIES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE DETAILS OR SPECIFIC INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT PROVIDED, MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL BE FOLLOWED. D. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE, THOROUGHLY CHECKED, CORRECTLY ADJUSTED, AND LEFT READY FOR INTENDED USE OR OPERATION. ALL WORK SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND ALL RESIDUE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SURFACES. EXTERIOR SURFACES OF ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DELIVERED IN A PERFECT, UNBLEMISHED CONDITION. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING ALL REQUIRED LABOR, MATERIAL, CARTAGE, INSURANCE, PERMITS, AND TAXES. 1.10 ELECTRICAL COMPLETION A. DEMONSTRATE THE OPERATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS FOR THE OWNER AT A TIME AS DIRECTED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT. B. SUBMIT OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 1. C. REMOVE ALL MATERIALS, SCRAP, AND DEBRIS RELATIVE TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION, AND LEAVE THE PREMISES AND ALL EQUIPMENT, LAMPS, LUMINAIRES, ETC. IN A CLEAN, ORDERLY CONDITION. ANY COSTS TO THE OWNER FOR CLEAN UP OF THE SITE WILL BE CHARGED AGAINST THE CONTRACTOR. D. FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER WILL NOT OCCUR UNTIL ALL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ARE RECEIVED AND OWNER'S PERSONNEL HAVE BEEN THOROUGHLY INDOCTRINATED IN THE MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT. 260510 - ELECTRICAL REMODELING PROVISIONS 1.1 EXAMINATION A. FIELD VERIFY MEASUREMENTS AND CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENTS. B. VERIFY THAT ABANDONED WIRING AND EQUIPMENT SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES. MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY TO REMAINING WIRING AND EQUIPMENT. C. REMOVAL DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND/OR EXISTING RECORD DOCUMENTS. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT/ENGINEER BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. D. EXISTING SYSTEMS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE PROVIDED FOR GUIDANCE ONLY. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND INCLUDE AN ALLOWANCE IN THE BID FOR THE REMOVAL AND/OR RELOCATION OF EXISTING CONDUITS, WIRES, DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, ETC., AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE AND ADAPT THE NEW AND EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS TO ALL OTHER WORK REQUIRED ON THIS PROJECT. 1.2 PREPARATION A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION. WHEN WORK MUST BE PERFORMED ON ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT OR CIRCUITS, USE PERSONNEL EXPERIENCED IN SUCH OPERATIONS. B. EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, AND TELEPHONE SYSTEM: MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEMS ARE ACCEPTED OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. DISABLE SYSTEMS ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS. NOTIFY THE OWNER AT LEAST 36 HOURS BEFORE PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY DISABLING SYSTEM. MINIMIZE OUTAGE DURATION. MAKE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN SERVICE IN AREAS ADJACENT TO WORK AREA. 1.3 REMOVAL AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. REMOVE, RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. B. REMOVE ABANDONED WIRING TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY. C. REMOVE EXPOSED ABANDONED CONDUIT, INCLUDING ABANDONED CONDUIT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FINISHES. CUT CONDUIT FLUSH WITH WALLS AND FLOORS, AND PATCH SURFACES. D. DISCONNECT ABANDONED OUTLETS AND REMOVE DEVICES. REMOVE ABANDONED OUTLETS IF CONDUIT SERVICING THEM IS ABANDONED AND REMOVED. PROVIDE BLANK COVER FOR ABANDONED OUTLETS WHICH ARE NOT REMOVED. E. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ABANDONED PANELBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. F. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SERVING UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT THAT HAS BEEN REMOVED. G. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ABANDONED LUMINARIES. REMOVE BRACKETS, STEMS, HANGERS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. H. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION WORK. PROVIDE MODIFICATIONS TO ASSURE THAT CIRCUITS OR SYSTEMS WIRING SHALL NOT PASS THROUGH OUTLET OR JUNCTION BOXES WHICH MAY BE RENDERED INACCESSIBLE BY CHANGES MADE TO THE BUILDING. I. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS WHICH REMAIN ACTIVE. MODIFY INSTALLATION OR PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AS APPROPRIATE. J. EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS USING MATERIALS AND METHODS AS SPECIFIED. K. WHERE THE REUSE OF EXISTING CONDUITS, OUTLETS, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC. IS PERMISSIBLE, MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE WIRING FOR THEM IS CONTINUOUS FROM OUTLET TO OUTLET. L. CONNECT NEW WORK TO EXISTING WORK IN A MANNER THAT WILL ASSURE PROPER RACEWAY GROUNDING THROUGHOUT IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. M. EXISTING CONDUITS, WIRE, DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, ETC. WHICH SHALL BE REMOVED SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. N. REVISE PANELBOARD SCHEDULES TO REFLECT REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF EQUIPMENT. CIRCUIT INTEGRITY OF EQUIPMENT IN ADJACENT AREAS SHALL BE LEFT INTACT. O. WHERE REMODELING INTERFERES WITH EXISTING CIRCUITS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE NOT TO BE REMOVED, SUCH CIRCUITS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REWORKED AND RELOCATED AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT. P. WHERE REMODELING INTERFERES WITH CIRCUITS SERVING AREAS OUTSIDE OF THE PROJECT OR PHASE LIMITS OR WHICH ARE REMODELED IN LATER PHASES OF THE PROJECT, CIRCUITS SHALL BE REWORKED OR TEMPORARY CIRCUITS PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. 1.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. CLEAN AND REPAIR EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH REMAIN OR ARE TO BE REUSED. B. PANELBOARDS: CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND CHECK TIGHTNESS OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. REPLACE DAMAGED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND PROVIDE CLOSURE PLATES FOR VACANT POSITIONS. PROVIDE TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY SHOWING REVISED CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENT. 1.5 METERING A. WHEN CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR ON THE DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL METER THE POINTS INDICATED FOR THIRTY (30) CONSECUTIVE DAYS USING A THREE PHASE DIGITAL ANALYZER. THE ANALYZER SHALL BE SET-UP TO RECORD VOLTS, AMPERES, KILLOWATS, AND POWER FACTOR FOR EACH PHASE AT 15-MINUTE INTERVALS. ALSO RECORDED SHALL BE THE DEMAND FOR EACH 15 MINUTE INTERVAL. THE MAXIMUM DAILY DEMANDS SHALL BE LISTED IN A SUMMARY PRINTED ONCE A DAY AT MIDNIGHT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPILE A SUMMARY REPORT AT BOTH FIFTEEN (15) AND THIRTY (30) DAYS LISTING MAXIMUM READINGS AND SUBMIT THE REPORT TO THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER. THE ANALYZER SHALL HAVE BEEN CALIBRATED WITHIN THE PREVIOUS SIXTY (60) DAYS. SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION OF THE CALIBRATION TO THE ENGINEER. 1.6 INSTALLATION A. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL CUTTING, CHANNELING, CHASING, DRILLING, ETC., AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL OR REMOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN AREAS OF REMODELING. THIS WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED SO AS TO MINIMIZE DAMAGE TO PORTIONS OF WALL FINISHES, SURFACES, PLASTERED, OR PAINTED, UNDER ANOTHER DIVISION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. B. CAREFULLY COORDINATE WITH THE REQUIRED REMODEL WORK, CUTTING AND PATCHING, ETC., PERFORMED BY THE OTHER TRADES. REMOVE OR RELOCATE EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, WIRES, DEVICES, FIXTURES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT AS NECESSARY. 260519 - BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE A. BUILDING WIRE A) FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS: COPPER, 600 VOLT INSULATION, THHN/THWN OR XHHW. CONDUCTORS #10 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. CONDUCTORS SMALLER THAN #10 SHALL BE SOLID. B) CONTROL CIRCUITS: COPPER, STRANDED CONDUCTOR, 600 VOLT INSULATION, THHN/THWN OR XHHW. B. METAL CLAD CABLE A) CONDUCTOR: COPPER B) INSULATION VOLTAGE RATING: 600 VOLTS C) INSULATION TEMPERATURE RATING: 75 DEGREES C D) INSULATION MATERIAL: THERMOPLASTIC E) ARMOR MATERIAL: STEEL F) ARMOR DESIGN: INTERLOCKED METAL TAPE C. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS NO. 12 AWG. EXCEPT FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS, WHICH MAY BE NO. 14 AWG. SIGNAL CIRCUITS WIRE SIZE SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL WIRING SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN RACEWAYS. D. USE NO. 10 AWG CONDUCTOR FOR 20 AMPERE, 120-VOLT BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME RUNS LONGER THAN 75 FEET, AND FOR 20 AMPERE, 277-VOLT BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME RUNS LONGER THAN 200 FEET. E. PLACE EQUAL NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS FOR EACH PHASE OF A CIRCUIT IN SAME RACEWAY OR CABLE. PULL ALL CONDUCTORS INTO RACEWAY AT THE SAME TIME. USE UL LISTED WIRE PULLING LUBRICANT FOR PULLING NO. 4 AWG AND LARGER WIRES. F. THE USE OF MC CABLE IS ACCEPTABLE WHERE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AND WHEN INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED IN EMERGENCY CIRCUITS. CABLE SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED BELOW WINDOWS IN EXTERIOR WALLS. CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS. BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS SHALL BE BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY. G. FOR NO. 8 AWG AND SMALLER, USE INSULATED SPRING WIRE CONNECTORS WITH PLASTIC CAPS. H. USE SPLIT BOLT CONNECTORS FOR COPPER WIRE SPLICES AND TAPS, NO. 6 AWG AND LARGER. TAPE UN-INSULATED CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS WITH ELECTRICAL TAPE TO 150 PERCENT OF THE INSULATION VALUE OF CONDUCTOR. I. ALL WIRES SHALL BE COLOR CODED. WIRES NO. 6 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE FACTORY COLOR CODED. WIRE NO. 4 AWG AND LARGER MAY BE COLOR CODED BY FIELD PAINTING OR COLOR TAPING OF 6 INCH LENGTH OF EXPOSED ENDS. A) 120/208V SYSTEM: PHASE A = BLACK, B = RED, C = BLUE, NEUTRAL = WHITE, GROUND = GREEN 260526 - GROUNDING A. BOND TOGETHER SYSTEM NEUTRALS, SERVICE EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES, EXPOSED NON-CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, METAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS, GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN RACEWAYS AND CABLES, RECEPTACLE GROUND CONNECTORS, AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS. B. ALL SERVICE EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT SYSTEMS, SUPPORTS, CABINETS, LIGHTING STANDARDS, POLES, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, ETC., AND THE GROUNDED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROPERLY GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ISSUE OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. PROVIDE BONDING JUMPERS, GROUNDING BUSHINGS, CLAMPS, ETC., FOR COMPLETE GROUNDING. A) PROVIDE A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, SECURELY GROUNDED ON EACH SIDE OF ALL RACEWAYS CONTAINING SECTIONS OF PLASTIC, FIBER, CEMENT, OR FLEXIBLE RACEWAYS. SIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. B) PROVIDE A GREEN GROUNDING JUMPER FROM THE GROUND SCREW TO A BOX GROUNDING SCREW OR CLIP FOR ALL GROUNDING TYPE DEVICES. USE INSULATED WIRE. C) PROVIDE A SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EVERY FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS, INCLUDING MC CABLE. IF THE SIZE IS NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, SIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 250-122 OF NEC. C. MATERIALS A) MECHANICAL GROUNDING CONNECTORS: FOR ALL GROUNDING CONNECTIONS ABOVE GRADE. MANUFACTURER: BURNDY ELECTRICAL. MATERIAL: COPPER. COMPRESSION TYPE: IRREVERSIBLE. UL LISTED UNDER STANDARD UL467. B) WIRE: MATERIAL: COPPER. SIZE: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHEN SIZE IS NOT INDICATED, SIZE PER ARTICLE 250 OF NEC REQUIREMENTS. C) GROUNDING CONNECTION ACCESSORIES: ELECTRICAL INSULATING TAPE, HEAT-SHRINKABLE INSULATING TUBING, WELDING MATERIALS, BONDING STRAPS, AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORIES MANUFACTURERS FOR TYPE SERVICE REQUIRED. 260529 - SUPPORTING DEVICES AND SEALS A. FASTEN HANGER RODS, CONDUIT CLAMPS, AND OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES TO BUILDING STRUCTURE USING PRECAST INSERT SYSTEM, EXPANSION ANCHORS, PRESET INSERTS, OR BEAM CLAMPS. DO NOT USE SPRING STEEL CLIPS AND CLAMPS; HOWEVER, CADDY FASTENERS ARE ACCEPTED. B. USE TOGGLE BOLTS OR HOLLOW WALL FASTENERS IN HOLLOW MASONRY, PLASTER, OR GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS AND WALLS; EXPANSION ANCHORS OR PRESET INSERTS IN SOLID MASONRY WALLS; SELF-DRILLING ANCHORS OR EXPANSION ANCHOR ON CONCRETE SURFACES; SHEET METAL SCREWS IN SHEET METAL STUDS; AND WOOD SCREWS IN WOOD CONSTRUCTION. C. DO NOT FASTEN SUPPORTS TO PIPING, DUCTWORK, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, OR CONDUIT. D. DO NOT DRILL STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS. E. FABRICATE SUPPORTS FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL OR STEEL CHANNEL, RIGIDLY WELDED OR BOLTED TO PRESENT A NEAT APPEARANCE. USE HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS WITH SPRING LOCK WASHERS UNDER ALL NUTS. F. INSTALL ALL FREE-STANDING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ON A 4-INCH CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD. G. INSTALL SURFACE-MOUNTED CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS WITH MINIMUM OF FOUR ANCHORS. H. BRIDGE STUDS TOP AND BOTTOM WITH CHANNELS TO SUPPORT FLUSH-MOUNTED CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS IN STUD WALLS. I. WHERE CONDUIT PENETRATES FIRE-RATED WALLS, CONCRETE AND/OR MASONRY WALLS AND FLOORS, IT SHALL BE SLEEVED. SEAL OPENING AROUND CONDUIT WITH UL LISTED FOAMED SILICONE ELASTOMER COMPOUND. J. WHERE CONDUIT PENETRATES WATERPROOFED FLOORS OR EXTERIOR WALLS SUBJECT TO ENTRY OF MOISTURE, PROVIDE PIPE SLEEVES TWO SIZES LARGER THAN CONDUIT, SUITABLY FLASHED OR SEALED WHERE APPROPRIATE. SEAL ANNULAR SPACE AROUND CONDUIT WITH UL LISTED FOAMED SILICONE ELASTOMER COMPOUND. K. ROUTE CONDUIT THROUGH ROOF OPENINGS FOR PIPING AND DUCTWORK WHERE POSSIBLE; OTHERWISE, ROUTE THROUGH ROOF JACK WITH PITCH POCKET. L. NO SUSPENDED CONDUIT OR BOX SUPPORTS SHALL BE LESS THAN 1/4-INCH DIAMETER STEEL ROD. ROD USED AS PEDESTAL SUPPORT IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT USE TIE WIRE OR WIRE OF ANY TYPE TO SUPPORT CONDUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, OR PULL BOXES. M. NO MORE THAN FIVE (5) 1/2-INCH CONDUITS, THREE (3) 3 /4-INCH CONDUITS, OR TWO (2) 1-INCH CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON A SINGLE 1/4-INCH DIAMETER STEEL ROD. N. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY APPROVED HANGERS. SUPPORTS INSTALLED AND USED BY OTHER TRADES SUCH AS DUCT HANGERS, PIPE HANGERS, CEILING HANGERS, ETC. SHALL NOT BE USED FOR CONDUIT SUPPORT. NO CONDUIT SHALL BE HUNG FROM AIR HANDLING DUCT OF ANY TYPE. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SYSTEMS "SHALL STAND ALONE." O. ALL LUMINAIRES SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AT OPPOSITE CORNERS FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL OR FROM TRAPEZE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. P. WALL-MOUNTED LUMINAIRES SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH APPROVED BACKING SUPPORT TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE TO THE WALL. Q. CONCRETE ANCHORS SHALL NOT BE USED TO SUSPEND HEAVY ELECTRICAL LOADS SUCH AS ELECTRICAL SWITCH PANELS OR FOUR-INCH AND LARGER CONDUITS. ANCHORS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT CONDUITS AND CABLE TRAY WHEN FULL FITTED TO MAXIMUM CAPACITY WITH CABLES. 260532 - CONDUIT A. MINIMUM SIZE: A) ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING, ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING AND IN CONCRETE SLAB: 3/4-INCH B) BELOW GRADE AND BELOW SLAB ON GRADE: 1-INCH C) BRANCH CIRCUIT AFTER FIRST JUNCTION POINT: 1/2-INCH UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED B. RIGID CONDUIT, INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT, AND/OR ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AS PERMITTED BY NEC. C. SCHEDULE 40, RIGID PVC PLASTIC CONDUIT FOR ALL LOCATIONS DIRECTLY IN EARTH, GRAVEL, ETC., OR DIRECTLY BELOW OR IN CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE. WITHIN 5-FEET FROM FOUNDATION WALL USE RIGID STEEL PLASTIC COATED CONDUIT. D. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT FOR OUTDOOR LOCATIONS ABOVE GRADE. E. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT FOR WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE. F. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING FOR CONCEALED DRY LOCATIONS. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT FOR DRY LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BELOW 8-FEET, OTHERWISE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING. G. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT WHERE WIRING MUST BE FISHED OR FOR EQUIPMENT, MOTORS, LIGHTING FIXTURE OR TRANSFORMER CONNECTIONS. H. ALL EMT CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS SHALL BE STEEL, COMPRESSION GLAND, OR SETSCREW TYPE. CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS MADE OF MALLEABLE IRON OR OTHER MATERIALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. I. INSTALL RACEWAYS CONCEALED. SURFACE-MOUNT CONDUITS IN ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ROOMS OR WHERE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. J. RACEWAY AND OUTLET SUPPORTS: A) TOGGLE BOLTS IN HOLLOW MASONRY. B) EXPANSION BOLTS IN CONCRETE OR BRICK. C) MACHINE SCREWS ON METAL SURFACES. D) WOOD SCREWS ON WOOD CONSTRUCTION. K. INSTALL CONDUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA "STANDARD OF INSTALLATION". L. INSTALL NONMETALLIC CONDUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. M. ARRANGE SUPPORTS TO PREVENT MISALIGNMENT DURING WIRING INSTALLATION. N. SUPPORT CONDUIT USING COATED STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON STRAPS, LAY-IN ADJUSTABLE HANGERS, CLEVIS HANGERS, AND SPLIT HANGERS. O. GROUP RELATED CONDUITS; SUPPORT USING CONDUIT RACK. CONSTRUCT RACK USING STEEL CHANNEL, PROVIDE SPACE ON EACH FOR 25 PERCENT ADDITIONAL CONDUITS. P. FASTEN CONDUIT SUPPORTS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SURFACES UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 260529. Q. DO NOT SUPPORT CONDUIT WITH WIRE OR PERFORATED PIPE STRAPS. REMOVE WIRE USED FOR TEMPORARY SUPPORTS R. DO NOT ATTACH CONDUIT TO CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. S. ARRANGE CONDUIT TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND PRESENT NEAT APPEARANCE. T. ROUTE EXPOSED CONDUIT PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. U. ROUTE CONDUIT INSTALLED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING ELEMENTS AND WALLS. V. ROUTE CONDUIT IN AND UNDER SLAB FROM POINT-TO-POINT. DIMENSION FROM BUILDING COLUMNS. W. DO NOT CROSS CONDUITS IN SLAB EXCEPT WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. X. ROUTING CONDUITS PARALLEL IN THE SLAB IS PROHIBITED EXCEPT WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. Y. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE CLEARANCE BETWEEN CONDUIT AND PIPING. Z. MAINTAIN 12-INCH CLEARANCE BETWEEN CONDUIT AND SURFACES WITH TEMPERATURES EXCEEDING 104 DEGREES F. AA. CUT CONDUIT SQUARE USING SAW OR PIPE CUTTER; DE-BURR CUT ENDS. BB. BRING CONDUIT TO SHOULDER OF FITTINGS; FASTEN SECURELY. CC. JOIN NONMETALLIC CONDUIT USING CEMENT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. WIPE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT DRY AND CLEAN BEFORE JOINING. APPLY FULL EVEN COAT OF CEMENT TO ENTIRE AREA INSERTED IN FITTING. ALLOW JOINT TO CURE FOR TWENTY (20) MINUTES, MINIMUM. DD. USE CONDUIT HUBS OR SEALING LOCKNUTS TO FASTEN CONDUIT TO SHEET METAL BOXES IN DAMP AND WET LOCATIONS AND TO CAST BOXES. EE. INSTALL NO MORE THAN EQUIVALENT OF FOUR 90-DEGREE BENDS BETWEEN BOXES. USE CONDUIT BODIES TO MAKE SHARP CHANGES IN DIRECTION, AS AROUND BEAMS. USE HYDRAULIC ONE-SHOT BENDER TO FABRICATE OR FACTORY ELBOWS FOR BENDS IN METAL CONDUIT LARGER THAN 2-INCH SIZE. FF. AVOID MOISTURE TRAPS; PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH DRAIN FITTING AT LOW POINTS IN CONDUIT SYSTEM. GG. PROVIDE SUITABLE FITTINGS TO ACCOMMODATE EXPANSION AND DEFLECTION WHERE CONDUIT CROSSES, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS. HH. PROVIDE SUITABLE PULL STRING IN EACH EMPTY CONDUIT EXCEPT SLEEVES AND NIPPLES. II. USE SUITABLE CAPS TO PROTECT INSTALLED CONDUIT AGAINST ENTRANCE OF DIRT AND MOISTURE. JJ. GROUND AND BOND CONDUIT UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 260526. KK. IDENTIFY CONDUIT UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 260553. LL. TRANSITION FROM UNDERGROUND NONMETALLIC CONDUIT TO ABOVE GRADE METAL CONDUIT OR ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING SHALL BE MADE IN OR BELOW THE SLAB. THE TRANSITION BETWEEN NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND ABOVE GRADE CONDUIT SHALL BE MADE WITH A RIGID STEEL, PLASTIC COATED ELBOW. 260534 - BOXES A. FOUR-INCH (4") SQUARE OR OCTAGONAL, ZINC-COATED SHEET STEEL BOXES. B. INSTALL ELECTRICAL BOXES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR SPLICES, TAPS, WIRE PULLING, EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. C. INSTALL PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND IN UNFINISHED AREAS ONLY. D. INACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS: INSTALL OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES NO MORE THAN 6 INCHES FROM CEILING ACCESS PANEL OR FROM REMOVABLE RECESSED LUMINAIRE. E. INSTALL BOXES TO PRESERVE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF PARTITIONS AND OTHER ELEMENTS, USING MATERIALS AND METHODS UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 7. F. ALIGN ADJACENT WALL-MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES FOR SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, AND SIMILAR DEVICES WITH EACH OTHER. G. USE FLUSH MOUNTING OUTLET BOXES IN FINISHED AREAS. H. DO NOT INSTALL FLUSH MOUNTING BOXES BACK-TO-BACK IN WALLS; PROVIDE MINIMUM 6-INCH SEPARATION. PROVIDE MINIMUM 12-INCH SEPARATION BETWEEN BACK-TO-BACK BOXES IN ACOUSTIC-RATED WALLS. I. SECURE FLUSH MOUNTING BOX TO INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION STUDS. ACCURATELY POSITION TO ALLOW FOR SURFACE FINISH THICKNESS. J. USE STAMPED STEEL BRIDGES TO FASTEN FLUSH MOUNTING OUTLET BOX BETWEEN STUDS. K. INSTALL FLUSH MOUNTING BOX WITHOUT DAMAGING WALL INSULATION OR REDUCING ITS EFFECTIVENESS. L. USE ADJUSTABLE STEEL CHANNEL FASTENERS FOR HUNG CEILING OUTLET BOX. M. DO NOT FASTEN BOXES TO CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. N. SUPPORT BOXES INDEPENDENTLY OF CONDUIT, EXCEPT CAST BOX THAT IS CONNECTED TO TWO (2) RIGID METAL CONDUITS BOTH SUPPORTED WITHIN 12 INCHES OF BOX. O. USE GANG BOX WHERE MORE THAN ONE (1) DEVICE IS MOUNTED TOGETHER. DO NOT USE SECTIONAL BOX. P. USE GANG BOX WITH PLASTER RING FOR SINGLE DEVICE OUTLETS. Q. USE CAST OUTLET BOX IN EXTERIOR LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER AND WET LOCATIONS. R. USE CAST FLOOR BOXES FOR INSTALLATIONS IN SLAB ON GRADE; FORMED STEEL BOXES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR OTHER INSTALLATIONS. S. SET FLOOR BOXES LEVEL. T. LARGE PULL BOXES: BOXES LARGER THAN 100 CUBIC INCHES IN VOLUME OR 12-INCHES IN ANY DIMENSION. U. INTERIOR DRY LOCATIONS: USE HINGED ENCLOSURE UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 260535. V. OTHER LOCATIONS: USE SURFACE-MOUNTED CAST IRON BOX. W. MINIMUM JUNCTION AND PULL BOX SIZE 4-11/16" X 4-11/16" X 2-1/4". X. MINIMUM OUTLET BOX SIZE 4" X 4" X 1-1/2". Y. MINIMUM TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX SIZE 4" X 4" X 2-1/8". Z. MINIMUM JUNCTION BOX SIZE FOR FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS, CONTROL MODULE, MONITOR MODULE, 4" X 4" X 2-3/4". PROVIDE PLASTER RING AT ALL PULL STATION LOCATIONS. 260553 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. INSTALL NAMEPLATES AND TAPE LABELS PARALLEL TO EQUIPMENT LINES. B. SECURE NAMEPLATES TO EQUIPMENT FRONTS USING SCREWS, RIVETS, OR PERMANENTLY BONDING EPOXY GLUE. SECURE NAMEPLATE TO INSIDE FACE OF RECESSED PANELBOARD DOORS IN FINISHED LOCATIONS. C. EMBOSSED TAPE OR SELF-STICKING ADHESIVE BACKED NAMEPLATES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR ANY APPLICATION. D. WIRE MARKERS A) DESCRIPTION: TAPE TYPE WIRE MARKERS B) LOCATIONS: EACH CONDUCTOR AT PANELBOARD GUTTERS, PULL BOXES, OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES, AND EACH LOAD CONNECTION. C) IDENTIFY ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBERS OF THE CONDUCTORS CONTAINED IN JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES BY BLACK INDELIBLE “MAGIC MARKER” ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BOX COVER. A) PROVIDE NAMEPLATES OF MINIMUM LETTER HEIGHT AS LISTED BELOW: B) PANELBOARDS: 1/4-INCH: IDENTIFY EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. 1/8-INCH: IDENTIFY VOLTAGE RATING AND SOURCE. INSCRIPTIONS SHALL INDICATE THE PANEL NAME, VOLTAGE, PHASE, WIRE, FEEDER SIZE, AND FEEDER SOURCE. C) INDIVIDUAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS, SWITCHES, AND MOTOR STARTERS IN PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, AND MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS: 1/8-INCH: IDENTIFY CIRCUIT AND LOAD SERVED, INCLUDING LOCATION. D) INDIVIDUAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ENCLOSED SWITCHES, AND MOTOR STARTERS: 1/8-INCH: IDENTIFY LOAD SERVED. E) DEVICE PLATES: 1) WHERE MORE THAN TWO WALL SWITCHES OR WALL DIMMERS ARE INSTALLED IN GANGED OUTLET ASSEMBLIES: 1/8-INCH: IDENTIFY TYPE OF LIGHTING CONTROLLED. USE KORY OR BROTHER TYPE TAPE LABELS ON THE EXTERIOR OF EACH WALL PLATE TO IDENTIFY THE CIRCUIT SERVING THE DEVICE. 2) PROVIDE TAPE LABELS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF INDIVIDUAL RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES. LOCATED TAPE ON FRONT OF PLATE AND INDICATE ASSOCIATED SOURCE PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. E. FOR PANELBOARDS, PROVIDE FRAMED, TYPED CIRCUIT SCHEDULES (LABEL ALL SPARES AND SPACES IN PENCIL) WITH EXPLICIT DESCRIPTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF ITEMS CONTROLLED BY EACH INDIVIDUAL BREAKER. 260580 - EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEM A. WHERE OUTLETS ARE INDICATED FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL POWER OR CONTROL, PROVIDE WIRE, CONDUIT, OUTLETS, HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCHES, ETC., AND MAKE ALL REQUIRED CONNECTIONS. B. PROVIDE GROUNDING FOR ALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. C. VERIFY EXACT CONNECTIONS REQUIRED FOR ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. D. FOR INDIVIDUALLY-MOUNTED MOTOR CONTROLLERS SUPPLIED UNDER SPECIFICATIONS DIVISIONS OTHER THAN DIVISION 26, CONTROLLERS AND DISCONNECTS SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SET IN PLACE AND PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED CONNECTIONS. E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION AND TESTING. 260923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. B. ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCHES: SOLID STATE, PROGRAMMABLE, WITH ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY; COMPLYING WITH UL 917. C. DAYLIGHT-HARVESTING SWITCHING CONTROLS: SYSTEM PROVIDES AUTOMATIC ON-OFF CONTROL OF INDOOR LIGHTING BASED ON QUANTITY OF DAYLIGHTING IN A SPACE. SOLID-STATE, LIGHT-LEVEL SENSOR UNIT MOUNTED ON [CEILING] [LUMINAIRE], WITH POWER PACK, THAT DETECTS CHANGES IN INDOOR LIGHTING LEVELS THAT ARE PERCEIVED BY THE EYE. D. DAYLIGHT-HARVESTING DIMMING CONTROLS: SENSING DAYLIGHT AND ELECTRICAL LIGHTING LEVELS, THE SYSTEM ADJUSTS THE INDOOR ELECTRICAL LIGHTING LEVELS. AS DAYLIGHT INCREASES, THE LIGHTS ARE DIMMED. SOLID-STATE, LIGHT-LEVEL SENSOR UNIT MOUNTED ON [CEILING] [LUMINAIRE], WITH POWER PACK, THAT DETECTS CHANGES IN INDOOR LIGHTING LEVELS THAT ARE PERCEIVED BY THE EYE. E. INDOOR OCCUPANCY AND VACANCY SENSORS: A) DUAL-TECHNOLOGY TYPE: WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED; DETECT OCCUPANTS IN COVERAGE AREA USING PIR AND ULTRASONIC DETECTION METHODS. THE PARTICULAR TECHNOLOGY OR COMBINATION OF TECHNOLOGIES CONTROL ON-OFF FUNCTIONS IS SELECTABLE IN THE FIELD BY OPERATING CONTROLS ON UNIT. F. INSTALL AND AIM SENSORS IN LOCATIONS TO ACHIEVE NOT LESS THAN 90 PERCENT COVERAGE OF AREAS INDICATED. DO NOT EXCEED COVERAGE LIMITS SPECIFIED IN MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 262413 - DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT A. PROVIDE MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: NEMA AB 3, WITH INTERRUPTING CAPACITY TO MEET AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENTS. A) THERMAL MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS: INVERSE TIME-CURRENT ELEMENT FOR LOW LEVEL OVERLOADS, AND INSTANTONS MAGNETIC TRIP ELEMENT FOR SHORT CIRCUITS. ADJUSTABLE MAGNETIC TRIP SETTING FOR CIRCUIT-BREAKER FRAME SIZES 250A AND LARGER. B) SHUNT TRIP: 120-V TRIP COIL ENERGIZED FROM SEPARATE CIRCUIT. C. MANUFACTURERS: MATCH EXISTING MANUFACTURER. 262416 - PANELBOARDS A. PROVIDE MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING PANELBOARDS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. MANUFACTURERS: MATCH EXISTING MANUFACTURER. 262726 - WIRING DEVICES A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: COOPER WIRING DEVICES, HUBBELL INCORPORATED, LEVITON MANUFACTURING COMPANY, AND PASS & SEYMOUR/LEGRAND. B. DEVICES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A) HOSPITAL GRADE DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES: 125V, 20A: COMPLY WITH NEMA WD1, NEMA WD6 CONFIGURATION 5-20R, UL 498 SUPPLEMENT SD, AND FS W-C-596. HEAVY DUTY, STRAIGHT BLADE, SINGLE-PIECE, HIGH STRENGTH NYLON FACE WITH FINDER GROOVES, RIVETLESS, NICKEL-PLATED, ALL BRASS GROUNDING SYSTEM. NICKEL-PLATED BRASS MOUNTING STRAP. BACK AND SIDE WIRED TO ACCEPT #12 AWG THROUGH #10 AWG SOLID CONDUCTORS. B) HOSPITAL GRADE, DUPLEX GFCI CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES: 125V, 20A: COMPLY WITH NEMA WD1, NEMA WD6 CONFIGURATION 5-20R, UL 498 SUPPLEMENT SD, UL 943 CLASS A, AND FS W-C-596. HEAVY DUTY, STRAIGHT BLADE, FEED-THROUGH TYPE, HIGH STRENGTH NYLON FACE AND BRASS HEAVY DUTY GROUNDING STRAPS. INDICATOR LIGHT THAT SHOWS WHEN THE GFCI HAS MALFUNCTIONED AND NO LONGER PROVIDES PROPER GFCI PROTECTION. BACK AND SIDE WIRED TO ACCEPT #12 AWG THROUGH #10 AWG SOLID CONDUCTORS. C) SINGLE POLE SWITCHES: 120/277V, 20A: COMPLY WITH NEMA WD1, UL 20, AND FS W-S-896. HEAVY DUTY SPECIFICATION GRADE, WITH THERMOPLASTIC POLYCARBONATE TOGGLE AND HEAVY DUTY TOGGLE BUMPERS FOR SMOOTH AND QUIET OPERATION, AMPERAGE MARKING ON FACE. BACK AND SIDE WIRED TO ACCEPT #12 AWG THROUGH #10 AWG SOLID CONDUCTORS. D) LED DIMMER: MODULAR; COMPATIBLE WITH LED DRIVER; DIMMER-DRIVER COMBINATION CAPABLE OF CONSISTENT DIMMING WITH LOW END NOT GREATER THAN PERCENTAGE SHOWN ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE OF FULL BRIGHTNESS. C. WALL PLATES: A) SINGLE AND COMBINATION TYPES SHALL MATCH CORRESPONDING WIRING DEVICES. SMOOTH, HIGH-IMPACT THERMOPLASTIC, EXCEPT AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. B) DAMP LOCATIONS: THERMOPLASTIC WITH SPRING-LOADED LIFT COVER, AND LISTED AND LABELED FOR USE IN WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS. D. SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLES OR OTHER DEVICES SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. E. WIRING DEVICES AND DEVICE PLATES COLOR SHALL BE AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. FOR REMODEL WORK, MATCH COLOR OF NEW WITH EXISTING TO REMAIN. 262813 - FUSES A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: BUSSMAN, LITTELFUSE, FERRAZ-SHAWMUT. B. FUSES PROTECTING POWER PANELS, DISTRIBUTION PANELS, AND DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE DUAL ELEMENT TIME-DELAY TYPE. FUSES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS (BUSSMAN NUMBERS ARE INDICATED FOR REFERENCE): A) 200 AMPS OR LESS - CLASS RK5 FUSETRON FRN-R (250V), FRS-R (600V) B) 225 AMPS TO 600 AMPS - CLASS J LOW-PEAK LPJ (600V) C) 600 AMPS AND LARGER - CLASS L KRP-C C. FUSES PROTECTING MOTORS AND MOTOR FEEDERS SHALL BE DUAL-ELEMENT TIME-DELAY TYPE ABLE TO CARRY 500% OF RATING FOR 10 SECONDS, AND SET AT LEAST TO 125% OF MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING. FUSES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS (BUSSMAN NUMBERS ARE INDICATED FOR REFERENCE): A) 100 AMPS OR LESS - CLASS RK5 FUSETRON FRN-R (250V), FRS-R (600V) B) LARGER THAN 100 AMPS - CLASS J LOW-PEAK LPJ (600V) D. FUSES PROTECTING LIGHTING PANELS SHALL BE DUAL-ELEMENT TYPE. FUSES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS (BUSSMAN NUMBERS ARE INDICATED FOR REFERENCE): A) 250 AMPS OR LESS - CLASS RK1 LOW-PEAK LPN-RK (250V), LPS-RK (600V) 262816 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: EATON CORPORATION, GENERAL ELECTRIC, SQUARE D, SIEMENS. B. FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES: NEMA KS 1, TYPE HD, ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER KNIFE SWITCH. HANDLE LOCKABLE IN OFF POSITION. C. NONFUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES: NEMA KS 1, TYPE HD, ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER KNIFE SWITCH. HANDLE LOCKABLE IN OFF POSITION. D. FABRICATION: NEMA KS 1 A) INTERIOR DRY LOCATIONS: TYPE 1 B) EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: TYPE 3R C) ELEVATOR LOCATIONS: TYPE 4X 262913 - ENCLOSED MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. EXCEPT SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, MOTOR CONTROLLER TYPE SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY: ALLEN-BRADLEY, CUTLER-HAMMER, GENERAL ELECTRIC, AND SQUARE-D. B. MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLER: FULL_VOLTAGE STARTING, NEMA IS 2, AC, HEAVY-DUTY CLASS, MANUALLY OPERATED CONTROLLER WITH: 1) TOGGLE OPERATOR AND THERMAL OVERLOAD ELEMENT FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER INDUCTION MOTORS; OR: 2) OVERLOAD ELEMENT, RED PILOT LIGHT, 2 NO/NC FIELD INTERCHANGEABLE AUXILIARY CONTACTS AND PUSH BUTTON OPERATOR FOR INDUCTION MOTORS 1/2 HP AND LARGER. C. AUTOMATIC MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS: FULL VOLTAGE STARTING, NEMA IS 2, AC, HEAVY-DUTY CLASS, MAGNETIC CONTROLLER RATED IN HORSEPOWER. CONTROLLER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH: 1) TWO (2) NO/NC FIELD CONVERTIBLE AUXILIARY CONTACTS IN ADDITION TO FACTORY SUPPLIED SEAL_IN CONTACTS; 2) COVER MOUNTED INCANDESCENT RED AND GREEN PILOT LIGHTS AND PUSHBUTTON OPERATOR; 3) ROTARY TYPE SELECTOR SWITCH; 4) CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER WITH 120 VOLT SECONDARY VOLTAGE AND VA RATING AS REQUIRED BY THE LOAD SERVED. CONTROL TRANSFORMER SHALL BE FUSE PROTECTED ON BOTH, PRIMARY AND SECONDARY WINDINGS. D. INSTALL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS WHERE INDICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. HEIGHT OF THE OPERATING HANDLE NOT OVER 5 FT TO FINISHED FLOOR. E. SELECT AND INSTALL OVERLOAD HEATER ELEMENTS IN MOTOR CONTROLLERS TO MATCH INSTALLED MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS. F. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MOTORS AND MOTOR STARTERS FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. G. PROVIDE FEEDER CIRCUITS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MOTOR STARTERS AND MAKE ALL CONNECTIONS. H. PROVIDE, NORMAL DUTY, HP RATED, QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK, FUSIBLE OR NON-FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES AS REQUIRED BY NEC. 265100 - LUMINAIRES A. PROVIDE ALL NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES COMPLETE WITH LAMPS, BALLASTS, REFLECTORS, PLASTER FRAMES, FLANGES, LOUVERS, STEM HANGERS, ETC., ASSEMBLED AND READY FOR OPERATION AND AS DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS. (VERIFY CEILING TYPES.) B. FOR ALL LED LUMINAIRES, SUBMIT LM79 TESTING REPORT. C. COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION THAT PENETRATES CEILINGS OR IS SUPPORTED BY THEM, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, HVAC EQUIPMENT, FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM, AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES. D. PROVIDE TWO NO. 12 GAUGE HANGERS CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE HOUSING TO THE STRUCTURE, IN ADDITION TO THE FIXTURE REQUIRED ATTACHMENT TO THE CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. a) WIRING DIAGRAMS: POWER AND CONTROL WIRING. E. SUBSTITUTIONS: a) DURING THE BIDDING PROCESS (PRIOR APPROVALS): ALTERNATE LUMINAIRES WILL [NOT] BE REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER DURING THE BIDDING PROCESS. APPROVAL OF ALTERNATE LUMINAIRES DURING THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS IS AT THE SOLE DISCRETION OF THE ENGINEER. ANY LUMINIARE DEEMED NOT EQUAL BY THE ENGINEER DURING THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS SHALL BE RESUBMITTED AND ANY COST DIFFERENCE SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. 1) ANY PROPOSED ALTERNATE LUMINAIRE SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR BIDDING THE PROJECT AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A DETAILED PRICING BREAKOUT INDICATING THE COST OF THE SPECIFIED LUMINAIRE AND THE COST OF THE PROPOSED LUMINAIRE. IF THE INSTALLATION COSTS ARE DIFFERENT BETWEEN THE SPECIFIED LUMINAIRE AND THE PROPOSED LUMINAIRE, THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS PART OF THE SUBSTITUTION REQUEST. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS FROM LIGHTING REPRESENTATIVES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. a) DURING THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS: ALTERNATE LUMINAIRES WILL BE REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER DURING THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS. 1) ANY PROPOSED ALTERNATE LUMINAIRE SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A DETAILED PRICING BREAKOUT INDICATING THE COST OF THE SPECIFIED LUMINAIRE AND THE COST OF THE PROPOSED LUMINIARE. IF THE INSTALLATION COSTS ARE DIFFERENT BETWEEN THE SPECIFIED LUMINAIRE AND THE PROPOSED LUMINARE, THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS PART OF THE SUBSTITUTION REQUEST. ALTERNATE LUMINAIRES SUBMITTED WITHOUT PRICING WILL NOT BE REVIEWED. 271100 - VOICE AND DATA CONDUIT SYSTEM A. PROVIDE ROUGH-IN WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE 1-IN. CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE FROM EACH SINGLE OUTLET, 1-INCH CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE FROM EACH PAIR OF OUTLETS OR 1-INCH CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE FROM EACH FURNITURE FEED TO 6 INCH ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. BEND CONDUIT 90 DEGREES AND INSTALL CONDUIT BUSHINGS AT CONDUIT ENDS. B. ROUGH-IN SHALL CONSIST OF FOUR-INCH (4") SQUARE BY 2-1/8 INCH DEEP BOX WITH SINGLE GANG COVER. OUTLET PLATES COLOR AND FINISH SHALL MATCH OTHER DEVICE PLATES. C. PROVIDE TELEPHONE TERMINALS BOARDS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. D. ALL COMMUNICATIONS CABLES ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE PLENUM RATED. SUPPORT CABLES FROM THE STRUCTURE. DO NOT LAY CABLES ON TOP OF THE CEILING SYSTEM. E. SUPPORT AND INSTALL VOICE AND DATA RACEWAY SYSTEM AND CABLES FOLLOWING EIA/TIA STANDARDS. END OF SPECIFICATION PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 1 4 : 5 0 P M C: \ U s e r s \ m a i r i \ D r o p b o x \ R a d i a n t D e s i g n S t u d i o \ 0 1 - P ro j e c t s \ 1 1 5 2 0 0 0 1 - T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r \ D w g \ R e vi t o r A u t o C A D \ E l e c \ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r - E l e ct . r v t MVM 302-102-012 MVM E1-1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION P 3 3 GF1FE1ED1DC1CBA 6 5 4 3 2 1 B-1 B-3 B-3 B-3 B-3 B-2B-2 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 3 3 B-8 B-8 B-2 B-4 B-4 B-4 B-4 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-11 B-10 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-3 C-3 E-1 E-3 2 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 1 4 : 5 5 P M C: \ U s e r s \ m a i r i \ D r o p b o x \ R a d i a n t D e s i g n S t u d i o \ 0 1 - P ro j e c t s \ 1 1 5 2 0 0 0 1 - T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r \ D w g \ R e vi t o r A u t o C A D \ E l e c \ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r - E l e ct . r v t MVM 302-102-012 MVM ED3-1 LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 1/4" = 1'-0"1 Lighting Removal Plan REMOVAL GENERAL NOTES 1 LIGHT TEXT AND LIGHT LINES INDICATE EXISTING TO REMAIN. DARK TEXT AND DASHED LINES INDICATE REMOVAL WORK. 2 EXISTING SYSTEMS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE PROVIDED FOR GUIDANCE ONLY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID AND SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID AN ALLOWANCE FOR THE REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING CONDUITS, WIRES, DEVICES, FIXTURES OR OTHER EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS OR AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE AND ADAPT NEW AND EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS TO ALL OTHER WORK REQUIRED ON THIS PROJECT. 3 VERIFY THAT ABANDONED CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES. MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY TO REMAINING CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT. 4 MUCH OF THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION IS INACCESSIBLE AND HAS BEEN ASSUMED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR BRINGING ANY CONCERNS TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AT LEAST 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO BID. PRIOR TO START OF WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL CIRCUIT TRACE ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS IN THE SPACE. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR POSSIBLE RECIRCUITING OF NEW WORK. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR ALL EXISTING CIRCUITS CONNECTED TO PANELS "B", "C", AND "E". CIRCUITING SHOWN IS BASED ON EXISTING DRAWINGS AND PANEL SCHEDULES WHICH DO NOT INCLUDE ANY WORK PERFORMED AFTER ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 6/21/21 Review Comments OS W P D 3D OS C OS D T LIGHTING CONTROL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION LOW VOLTAGE DIMMING SWITCH WATT STOPPER #LMDM-101 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE LOW VOLTAGE 3-WAY DIMMING SWITCH WATT STOPPER #LMDM-101 CEILING MOUNTED PHOTOSENSOR (CLOSED LOOP)WATT STOPPER #LMLS-400 DUAL TECHNOLOGY WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WATT STOPPER #DSW-301 NOTES: 1. UTILIZE WATT STOPPER CABLING AS REQUIRED, REFER TO VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. COORDINATE DEVICE COLOR REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT. 3. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE SET FOR MANUAL-ON, AUTO-OFF OPERATION. ROOM CONTROLLER WATT STOPPER #LMRC-210 SERIES (QUANTITY AS REQUIRED) WATT STOPPER #LMRC-210 SERIES (QUANTITY AS REQUIRED) N/A WATT STOPPER #LMRC-210 SERIES (QUANTITY AS REQUIRED) LOW VOLTAGE TOGGLE SWITCH WATT STOPPER #LMSW-101 WATT STOPPER #LMRC-100 SERIES (QUANTITY AS REQUIRED) TOGGLE SWITCH MATCH BUILDING STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS N/A DUAL TECHNOLOGY CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WATT STOPPER #LMDC-100 WATT STOPPER #LMRC-210 SERIES (QUANTITY AS REQUIRED) DUAL TECHNOLOGY WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH DIMMING WATT STOPPER #DW-311 N/A LINE VOLTAGE TIMER SWITCH WITH 8-DAY PROGRAMMING WATT STOPPER #RT-200 N/A OS OS OS OSOS OS OS OSOS OSOS OS OS OS OS OSOSOS OS OS OS OSOS OS OSOS OS P OPEN OFFICE 119 EXAM-10 117 TOILET-3 120 HALL 135 I.T. 116 EXAM-6 109 EXAM-7 112 TREATMENT 113 EXAM-5 110 TOILET -1 105 TOILET-2 106 EXAM-4 108 EXAM-3 104 D B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 D B1 B1 B2 B2E B2EB2 B2 B2E B2 B2B2E B2E B2 D1 A1 A1 VACCINES 129 EXAM-2 103 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 C1 D B1 B1B1 B1 B1B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1B1 B2 B2 B2 B2E B1 B1 B1 D1 A1 A1A1 A1 A1 A1 D F1 F1 D D D X3 X1 D D X1 X1 D D D D D D W D D C C W W GF1FE1ED1DC1CBA 6 5 4 3 2 1 D W L1 C1 L1 C D C T W STORAGE-1 118 E.V.S. 137 OFFICE 121 LAB/DRAW 111 OPEN OFFICE 123 OFFICE 122 OFFICE 124 EXAM-9 115 EXAM-8 114 TREATMENT 113 C EXAM-1 102 WAITING 100 HALL 132 HALL 131 HALL 133 VITALS 130 B-1 B-3 D B2 B2 B1 C-28 C-1 C-1 C-3 C-3 E-1 E-3 L2 A1 BREAK 127 M.A. STATION 128 HALL 134 X-RAY 107 B1 X1 1 X1 X3 1 1 X3 1 X4 1 X4 1 X4 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 G1E G1 C X1 2 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 1 4 : 5 2 P M C: \ U s e r s \ m a i r i \ D r o p b o x \ R a d i a n t D e s i g n S t u d i o \ 0 1 - P ro j e c t s \ 1 1 5 2 0 0 0 1 - T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r \ D w g \ R e vi t o r A u t o C A D \ E l e c \ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r - E l e ct . r v t MVM 302-102-012 MVM E3-1 LIGHTING PLAN UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 1/4" = 1'-0"1 Lighting New Work Plan LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES 1 LIGHT TEXT AND LIGHT LINES INDICATE EXISTING TO REMAIN. DARK TEXT AND SOLID LINES INDICATE NEW WORK. 2 EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED NEUTRAL. SHARED NEUTRALS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN MULTIPLE CIRCUIT HOMERUNS. 3 REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND SUSPENSION LENGTHS OF LUMINAIRES. 4 CONNECT EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS TO AREA LIGHTING CIRCUIT AHEAD OF SWITCH LEG. 5 HATCHED LUMINAIRES INDICATE NIGHT LIGHTING (ALWAYS ON) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6 LOCATIONS OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND PHOTOSENSORS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ENGINEERED OCCUPANCY SENSOR LAYOUT DRAWINGS BY MANUFACTURER SHOWING COVERAGE AREAS DURING SHOP DRAWINGS. LAYOUT DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE ALL KNOWN INFORMATION ABOUT FURNITURE TO BE INSTALLED IN THE SPACE. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO LOCATE OCCUPANCY SENSORS AWAY FROM WINDOWS TO MINIMIZE NUISANCE TRIPPING. 7 OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE SET WITH A 10 MINUTE DELAY UNTIL OFF. 8 PHOTOSENSORS SHALL BE SET TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM LIGHT LEVEL AT 30-INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF 30-FOOTCANDLES. 9 COORDINATE THE LOCATIONS OF WALL CONTROLS WITH ACTUAL INSTALLED DOOR SWINGS, CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR. WORK NOTES L1 CONNECT UNDERCABINET LUMINAIRE TO ROOM LIGHTING CONTROLS. L2 CONNECT TO EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT. PRIOR TO START OF WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL CIRCUIT TRACE ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS IN THE SPACE. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR POSSIBLE RECIRCUITING OF NEW WORK. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR ALL EXISTING CIRCUITS CONNECTED TO PANELS "B", "C", AND "E". CIRCUITING SHOWN IS BASED ON EXISTING DRAWINGS AND PANEL SCHEDULES WHICH DO NOT INCLUDE ANY WORK PERFORMED AFTER ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 6/10/2021 Review Comments 2 6/21/21 Review Comments J J M TO M TO M TO P P P P P P P P P P P P P P +42" PANEL C +42" +42" +42" +42" +36"+42" PANEL B +54" +42" +42" +42"+54" +42" +42" +66" +78" +66" +42" DATA ONLY +42" AUTO DOOR IG +42" +42" W R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 EF EF EF GF1FE1ED1DC1CBA 6 5 4 3 2 1 PANEL EE-4 E-2 E-2 E-2 E-6 E-6 C-6 C-6 C-6 C-6 C-6 C-2 C-2 C-2 C-2 C-4 C-2 C-2 C-4 C-9 C-9 C-9 C-11 C-11 +42" C-11 B-15 B-15 B-17 B-14 B-14 B-14 B-16 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-29 B-29 B-29 B-29 B-29 B-29 B-29 B-25 B-25 B-25 B-25 B-27 B-27 B-27 B-27 B-27 B-27 B-27 B-27 B-23 B-23 B-23 B-23 B-23 B-23 B-23 B-21 B-21 B-21 +42" B-21 B-19 B-19 B-12B-12 B-12 R1 R1 B-12 B-12 B-12 B-12 B-17 B-17 B-17 B-22,24 B-20 B-20 B-18 2 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 1 4 : 5 6 P M C: \ U s e r s \ m a i r i \ D r o p b o x \ R a d i a n t D e s i g n S t u d i o \ 0 1 - P ro j e c t s \ 1 1 5 2 0 0 0 1 - T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r \ D w g \ R e vi t o r A u t o C A D \ E l e c \ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r - E l e ct . r v t MVM 302-102-012 MVM ED4-1 POWER & SYSTEMS DEMOLITION PLAN UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 1/4" = 1'-0"1 Power & Systems Removal Plan REMOVAL GENERAL NOTES 1 LIGHT TEXT AND LIGHT LINES INDICATE EXISTING TO REMAIN. DARK TEXT AND DASHED LINES INDICATE REMOVAL WORK. 2 EXISTING SYSTEMS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE PROVIDED FOR GUIDANCE ONLY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID AND SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID AN ALLOWANCE FOR THE REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING CONDUITS, WIRES, DEVICES, FIXTURES OR OTHER EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS OR AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE AND ADAPT NEW AND EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS TO ALL OTHER WORK REQUIRED ON THIS PROJECT. 3 VERIFY THAT ABANDONED CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES. MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY TO REMAINING CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT. 4 MUCH OF THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION IS INACCESSIBLE AND HAS BEEN ASSUMED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR BRINGING ANY CONCERNS TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AT LEAST 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO BID. WORK NOTES R1 REMOVE EXISTING RECEPTACLE AND BRANCH CIRCUIT, EXISTING BACK BOX SHALL REMAIN FOR REUSE. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2 6/21/21 Review Comments MECHANCIAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT DISC FUSE CB PANELBOARD DESIGNATION EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION HP MCA KW KVA VOLTS PHASE SIZE SIZE SIZE DESIGNATION FEEDER NOTES EF-1 EXHAUST FAN 0.014 0.014 120 1 STO - 20A CONNECT TO LIGHTING CIRCUIT AND CONTROLS, B-3 (3#12 & 1#12G)3/4"C. 1 EF-2 EXHAUST FAN 0.014 0.014 120 1 STO - 20A CONNECT TO LIGHTING CIRCUIT AND CONTROLS, B-3 (3#12 & 1#12G)3/4"C. 1 EF-3 EXHAUST FAN 0.014 0.014 120 1 STO - 20A SEE PLANS (3#12 & 1#12G)3/4"C. 2 EF-4 EXHAUST FAN 0.042 0.042 120 1 STO - 20A SEE PLANS (3#12 & 1#12G)3/4"C. GENERAL NOTES 1)VERIFY EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH DIVISION XX CONTRACTOR AND SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 2)COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND POINTS OF CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT WITH DIVISION XX CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN NOTES: 1)FAN CONTROLLED BY ROOM LIGHTING CONTROLS 2)PROVIDE TIME SWITCH FOR CONTROL OF FAN, WATT STOPPER #RT-200 J J M TO M TO M TO M TO J CR CR CR FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS J FS +42" PANEL C +42" PANEL B +78" +66" AUTO DOOR OPEN OFFICE 119 EXAM-10 117 HALL 135 TOILET-3 120 I.T. 116 TREATMENT 113 EXAM-7 112 EXAM-5 110 EXAM-4 108 EXAM-3 104 EXAM-6 109 VACCINES 129 VITALS 130 TOILET-2 106 TOILET -1 105 EXAM-2 103 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 DISP GF1FE1ED1DC1CBA 6 5 4 3 2 1 EXAM EXAM EXAM TR TR TR +72" TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR EXAM TR TR TR TRTR TR TR TR TR EXAM TR TR EXAM TR TR TRTR EXAM TR TR TR EXAM +48" TR TR TR EXAM TR +48" TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR/TV TR TR TR TR TR TR EXAM TR TR TR TR TR TR +48" TR TR TR +48" TR +48" +48" P4 WAITING 100 WAITING 100 EXAM-1 102 HALL 131 HALL 132 M.A. STATION 128 HALL 133 X-RAY 107 LAB/DRAW 111 STORAGE-1 118 EXAM-9 115 EXAM-8 114 P1 P1 TR TR +72" +72" TR TR TR TR +72"+72" TR +72" TR TR +72" TR +72" TR +72" TR TR +48" TR TR +72"+72" TR P3 TR +72"+72" TR TR +72" TR +48" +72" +72" TR +48" +72" TR TR OFFICE 121 E.V.S. 137 TR TR TR TR/+24" TR MICRO TR +48" +48" TR +48" +42" TR E-4 E-2 E-2 E-2 E-4 E-4 C-6 C-6 C-6 C-6 C-6 C-2 C-2 C-2 C-2 C-2 C-2 +42" C-11 PANEL E MDP P2 TR TR +48" +48 TR TR REPLACE ALL EXISTING RECEPTACLES IN THIS AREA WITH NEW TAMPER RESISTANT DEVICES BREAK 127 B-2 B-4 B-13B-15B-17 B-39 B-41 B-42 B-19 B-39 C-27 C-29 C-17 C-19 C-21 C-23 C-25 C-9 C-4 C-16 C-18 C-20 C-22 C-24 EF-1 EF-2 EF-4 T P6 B-21 B-23 B-25 B-27 B-29 B-20 B-22 EF-3 P7 B-24 C-26 B-44 B-46 B-48 OFFICE 124 OFFICE 125 OPEN OFFICE 123 OFFICE 122 P5 P5 P5 +66"+66" B-43 (PART) B-43 (PART) 1 1 2 +72" 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 +72"+72" 2 2 2 2 P8 2 3 PROJECT TITLE STAMP Project Drawn By Project Manager 0 1/ 2 " 1" 2" 3" 4" 1/ 4 " Issuance ARCHITECT ALTUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS INC altusstudios.com MECHANICAL, PLUMBING The Ballard Group, Inc theballardgroup.com 2525 S. Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 200 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 P 303-988-4514 CLIENT ELECTRICAL Radiant Design Studio, LLC radiantdesignstudio.com 12081 West Alameda Pkwy #487 Lakewood, Colorado 80228 P 303-588-1648 F © COPYRIGHT ATUS ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS Date KEY PLAN NORTH 1624 Market Street Suite 211 DENVER CO 80202 P 303-945-4479 F 402 334 9023 REVISIONS SCHEDULE jvajva.com 1512 Larimer Street Suite #710 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-444-1951 F STRUCTURAL JVA F 303-988-4517 gallunsnow.com 1920 Market Street Suite 201 Denver, Colorado 80202 P 303-433-9500 F Interiors Gallun Snow 6/ 2 8 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 1 4 : 5 4 P M C: \ U s e r s \ m a i r i \ D r o p b o x \ R a d i a n t D e s i g n S t u d i o \ 0 1 - P ro j e c t s \ 1 1 5 2 0 0 0 1 - T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r \ D w g \ R e vi t o r A u t o C A D \ E l e c \ T i m b e r l i n e M e d i c a l C e n t e r - E l e ct . r v t MVM 302-102-012 MVM E4-1 POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN UCH -TIMBERLINE MEDICAL CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4/21/2021 1/4" = 1'-0"1 Power & Systems New Work POWER GENERAL NOTES 1 EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR. SHARED NEUTRALS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN MULTIPLE CIRCUIT HOMERUNS. 2 LIGHT TEXT AND LIGHT LINES INDICATE EXISTING TO REMAIN. DARK TEXT AND SOLID LINES INDICATE NEW WORK. 3 PROVIDE PULLSTRINGS IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS, PROVIDE LABELS ON ALL EMPTY CONDUITS THAT INDICATE WHERE THEY ARE ROUTED. 4 REFER TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, TECHNOLOGY, AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 5 REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS. 6 EXISTING SYSTEMS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE PROVIDED FOR GUIDANCE ONLY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID AND SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID AN ALLOWANCE FOR THE REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING CONDUITS, WIRES, DEVICES, FIXTURES OR OTHER EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS OR AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE AND ADAPT NEW AND EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS TO ALL OTHER WORK REQUIRED ON THIS PROJECT. 7 VERIFY THAT ABANDONED CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES. MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY TO REMAINING CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT. 8 MUCH OF THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION IS INACCESSIBLE AND HAS BEEN ASSUMED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR BRINGING ANY CONCERNS TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AT LEAST 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO BID. 9 PROVIDE FIRE RATING OF ALL EXISTING AND NEW DEVICES INSTALLED IN FIRE RATED WALLS. 10 DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHOW THE GENERAL DESIGN, ARRANGEMENT AND EXTENT OF SYSTEMS. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS NOR USE AS SHOP DRAWINGS. WHERE ALTERNATE ROUTING, OFFSETS AND TRANSITIONS ARE REQUIRED FOR COORDINATION OF ALL WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CHANGES WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COSTS. 11 INSTALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES IN THE CENTER OR QUARTER POINT OF CEILING TILES, WHERE APPLICABLE. 12 DUCT DETECTORS FOR ACCUATION OF FIRE/SMOKE AND SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY DIVISION 23 AND INSTALLED BY DIVISION 26. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. WORK NOTES P1 PROVIDE NEW DEVICE IN EXISTING BACK BOX. REUSE CONDUIT IF POSSIBLE AND PROVIDE NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS. P2 PROVIDE POWER ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR CONNECTION TO FUTURE X-RAY EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR FEEDER INFORMATION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF WORK. P3 PROVIDE TWO GANG FLUSH MOUNTED FLOOR BOX WIREMOLD #88W2828TCAL-(2)828-TCAL WITH TWO TAMPER RESISTANT, HOSPITAL GRADE DUPLEX RECEPTACLES. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT AND COORDINATE MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH ON SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL. P4 PROVIDE 120V RECEPTACLE FOR FUTURE WALL BUCKY. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. P5 COORDINATE CARD READER REQUIREMENTS WITH SYSTEM VENDOR. P6 PROVIDE TIME SWITCH WATT STOPPER #RT-200 WITH 8-DAY PROGRAMMING. PROGRAM SWITCH TO TURN ON EXHAUST FAN DURING OCCUPIED HOURS. P7 CONNECT TO THERMOSTAT PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, COORDINATE WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. P8 PROVIDE 120V ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO CEILING MOUNTED EXAM LIGHT, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. PRIOR TO START OF WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL CIRCUIT TRACE ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS IN THE SPACE. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR POSSIBLE RECIRCUITING OF NEW WORK. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR ALL EXISTING CIRCUITS CONNECTED TO PANELS "B", "C", AND "E". CIRCUITING SHOWN IS BASED ON EXISTING DRAWINGS AND PANEL SCHEDULES WHICH DO NOT INCLUDE ANY WORK PERFORMED AFTER ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION. MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 1 6/10/2021 Review Comments 2 6/21/21 Review Comments 3 6/28/21 Review Comments 2 3 6/9/2021 BXUV.P552 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14643 1/5 BXUV.P552 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Cer tified for UnitedStates BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Cer tified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. P552 December 16, 2019 Unrestrained Assembly Rating — 1 Hr. Finish Rating — 25 Min (See Item 3) This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit StatesDesign Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employingthe Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall beused — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7 * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Cer tification Mark forjurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Cer tification (such as Canada), respectively. 6/9/2021 BXUV.P552 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14643 2/5 1. Roofing System* — Any UL Class A, B or C Roofing System (TGFU) or Prepared Roof Covering (TFWZ) acceptable for use over nom 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min. grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Nom 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels secured to trusses with No. 6d ringed shank nails. Nails spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails. Construction adhesive is optional. 2. Trusses — Pitch or Parallel chord trusses, spaced a max of 24 in. OC, fabricated from nom 2 by 4 lumber, with lumber oriented vertically or horizontally. Truss members secured together min.0.0356 in. thick galv steel plates. Plates have 5/16 in. long teeth projecting perpendicular to the plane of the plate. The teeth are in pairs facing each other (made by the same punch), forming a split tooth type plate. Each tooth has a chisel point on its outside edge. These points are diagonally 6/9/2021 BXUV.P552 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14643 3/5 opposite each other for each pair. The top half of each tooth has a twist for stiffness. The pairs are repeated on approximately 7/8 in. centers with four rows of teeth per inch of plate width. Where the truss intersects with the interior face of the exterior walls, the min truss depth shall be 5-1/4 in. with a min roof slope of 3/12 and a min. area in the plane of the truss of 21 sq/ft. Where the truss intersects with the interior face of the exterior walls, the min truss depth may be reduced to 3 in. if the batts and blankets (Item 3) are used as shown in the above illustration (Alternate Insulation Placement) and are firmly packed against the intersection of the bottom chords and the plywood sheathing. 3. Batts and Blankets* — Glass fiber insulation, secured to the wood structural panels with staples spaced 12 in. OC or to the trusses with 0.090 in. diameter galvanized steel wires spaced 12 in. OC. Any glass fiber insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance, having a min density of 0.5 pcf. As an option, the insulation may be fitted in the concealed space, draped over the resilient channel/gypsum wallboard ceiling membrane when resilient channels and gypsum wallboard attachment is modified as specified in Items 6 and 7. The Finish Rating is 25 min. when the insulation is draped over the resilient channels and gypsum board ceiling membrane or when it is installed on underside of the plywood deck. When Item 7A is used, insulation shall be secured to wood structural panels or trusses only. 3A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Item 3 — Any thickness of spray-applied cellulose insulation material, having a min density of 0.5 lb/ft , applied with water, over the resilient channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane when resilient channels and gypsum board attachment is modified as specified in Items 6 and 7. Fiber, Sprayed is applied with moisture in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The finish rating when Fiber Sprayed is used has not been determined. Alternate application method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive in accordance with the application instructions supplied with a minimum density of 0.5 lb/ft over the resilient channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane when resilient channels and gypsum board attachment is modified as specified in Items 6 and 7. Alternate application method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive to a nominal density of 3.5 lb/ft behind netting (Item 10) stapled to the rafters. The netting is stapled at both lower edges of the rafters creating a cavity to accept the cellulose fiber. U S GREENFIBER L L C — INS735, INS745, INS750LD, and SANCTUARY for use with wet or dry applications. INS515LD, INS541LD, INS765LD for dry application only. 3B. Foamed Plastic* — (As alternate to Items 3 or 3A Not Shown) — Spray foam insulation applied directly to the underside of the roofing system (Item 1). Spray foam insulation installed to a maximum thickness of 10 in. at a nominal 0.5 lb/ft or 2.0 lb/ft density, depending on the product installed. When spray foam insulation is installed, resilient channels (Item 6) shall be installed maximum 12 in. OC, with channels adjacent to butt joints of gypsum board (Item 7) spaced maximum 3 in. away from gypsum butt joints. Gypsum board (Item 7) to be installed using minimum 1-1/4 in. long Type S screws, spaced maximum 8 in. OC, and butted end joints shall be staggered min. 2 ft within the assembly, and occur midway between the continuous furring channels. If used with a fire damper (Item 5) in the concealed space, minimum 1 in. clearance to be maintained between damper housing and spray foam insulation. BASF CORP — Enertite® NM, FE178®, Spraytite® 178, Spraytite® 81206 SES FOAM INC — Sucraseal 4. Air Duct* — Any UL Class 0 or Class 1 flexible air duct installed in accordance with the instructions provided by the damper manufacturer. 5. Damper* — Max nom 20 in. long by 18 in. wide by 2-1/8 in. high, fabricated from galvanized steel. Plenum box maximum size nom. 21 in. long by 18 in. wide by 16 in. high fabricated from either galvanized steel or Classified Air Duct Materials bearing the UL Class 0 or Class 1 rigid air duct material. Installed in accordance with the instructions provided by the manufacturer. Max damper openings not to exceed 180 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. When Steel Framing Members* (Item 9) is used, Max damper openings not to exceed 100 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. NAILOR INDUSTRIES INC — Types 0755, 0755A, 0756, 0756D , 0757, 0757D, 0757FP, 0757DFP, 0758, 0759, 0760, 0761, 0762, 0763, CRD5, CRD5D, CRD6, CRD6D, CRD6FP, CRD6DFP. SAFE AIR DOWCO — 0455, 0455A, 0456, 0456D, 0457, 0457D, 0457-DB, 0457-CB, 0463-FB, 0457-EB, 0463-GB, 0463 3 3 3 3 3 6/9/2021 BXUV.P552 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14643 4/5 6. Furring Channels — Resilient channels, nom. 1/2 in. deep by 2-3/8 in. wide at the base and 1-3/8 in. wide at the face, formed from 0.020 in. thick galv steel, spaced 16 in. OC, installed perpendicular to trusses. When batt and blanket material, Item 3, is draped over the resilient channel/gypsum wallboard ceiling membrane, the spacing shall be 12 in. OC. Channels secured to each truss with 1-1/4 in. long Type S steel screws. Channels overlapped 4 in. at splices. Channels oriented opposite at wallboard butt joints (spaced 6 in. OC) as shown in the above illustration. 7. Gypsum Board* — Nom 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide, installed with long dimension perpendicular to resilient channels with 1 in. long Type S screws. Screws spaced 1/2 in. and 6 in from the side joints, and 12 in. OC in the rest of the field. Screws spaced 3 in from the end joints. At end joints, two resilient channels are used, extending a min of 6 in. beyond both ends of the joint. When batt and blanket insulation, Item 3, is draped over the resilient channel/gypsum wallboard ceiling membrane, screws spaced 1/2 in and 4 in. from side joints, and 8 in OC in the rest of the field. When Steel Framing Members* (Item 9) is used, gypsum board installed with long dimension perpendicular to cross tees with side joints centered along main runners and end joints centered along cross tees. Gypsum board secured to cross tees with 1 in. long No. 7 Type S bugle head screws spaced 12 in. OC in the field and 8 in. OC along end joints. Gypsum board also secured to main runners with 1 in. long No. 7 Type S bugle head screws midway between cross tees. Screws along sides and ends of boards spaced 3/4 to 1/2 in. from board edge. End joints of the sheets shall be staggered with spacing between joints on adjacent boards not less than 4 ft OC. GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Type 5, TG-C 7A. Gypsum Board* — As an alternate to Item 7 — Nom 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide, installed with long dimension perpendicular to resilient channels with 1 in. long Type S screws. Screws spaced 1/2 in. and 6 in from the side joints, and 12 in. OC in the rest of the field. Screws spaced 3 in from the end joints. At end joints, two resilient channels are used, extending a min of 6 in. beyond both ends of the joint. Batt insulation (Item 3) shall be secured to wood structural panels or trusses. Not evaluated when batt insulation (Item 3) is draped over resilient channels and gypsum board. GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Type DAPC 8. Finishing System — (Not Shown)— Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw-heads; paper tape, 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of gypsum wallboard. 9. Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) - As an alternate to Item 6. Main runners, cross tees, cross channels and wall angle as listed below: A. Main Runners — Nom 10 or 12 ft long, 15/16 in. or 1-1/2 in. wide face, spaced 4 ft. OC. Main runners suspended by min 12 SWG galv steel hanger wires spaced 48 in. OC. Hanger wires to be located adjacent to main runner/cross tee intersections. Hanger wires wrapped and twist-tied on 16d nails driven in to side of trusses at least 5 in. above the bottom face. B. Cross Tees — Nom 4 ft long, 1-1/2 in. wide face, installed perpendicular to the main runners, spaced 16 in. OC. Additional cross tees or cross channels used at 8 in. from each side of butted gypsum panel end joints. The cross tees or cross channels may be riveted or screw attached to the wall angle or channel to facilitate the ceiling installation. C. Cross Channels — Nom 4 or 12 ft long, installed perpendicular to main runners, spaced 16 in. OC. D. Wall Angle or Channel — Painted or galv steel angle with 1 in. legs or channel with 1 in. legs, 1-9/16 in. deep attached to walls at perimeter of ceiling with fasteners 16 in. OC. To support steel framing member ends and for screw- attachment of the gypsum panel. CGC INC — Type DGL or RX. USG INTERIORS LLC — Type DGL or RX. 10. Netting — (Not Shown) Fibrous, woven netting material fastened to underside of each joist with staples, with side joints overlapped. 6/9/2021 BXUV.P552 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14643 5/5 * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Cer tification Mark forjurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada),respectively. Last Updated on 2019-12-16 The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2021 UL LLC" 6/28/2021 BXUV.U314 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14895 1/4 BXUV.U314 Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. U314   June 10, 2021     Bearing Wall Rating — 1 HR. Finish Rating — 26 Min. This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7 * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. 6/28/2021 BXUV.U314 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14895 2/4 1. Wood Studs — Nom 2 by 4 in., spaced 24 in. OC, effectively fire stopped. 2. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. thick, 24 to 54 in. wide. Gypsum boards nailed to studs and bearing plates 7 in. OC with 6d cement coated nails 1-7/8 in. long, 0.0915 in. shank diam and 1/4 in. diam head. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum panels to be installed horizontally. CGC INC — Types AR, IP-AR, IP-X1, SCX, SHX, ULIX, ULX, WRX. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Riyadh, Saudi Arabia — Type FR, or WR. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type AR, FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-X1, SCX, SHX, ULIX, ULX or WRX. USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Type SCX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type AR, IP-AR, IP-X1, SCX, SHX, ULX, WRX. 2A. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2) — Nom 3/4 in. thick, 4 ft wide, installed as described in Item 2. CGC INC — Types AR, IP-AR. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types AR, IP-AR. USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types AR, IP-AR. 2B. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 2, 2A) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, applied vertically only and secured as described in Item 2. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type QuietRock ES. 2C. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — (As an alternate to Items 2, 2A, 2B) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, applied vertically only and secured as described in Item 2. 6/28/2021 BXUV.U314 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14895 3/4 PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type QuietRock 527 3. Joints and Nailheads — Exposed joints covered with joint compound and paper tape. Nailheads covered with joint compound. Joint compound and paper tape may be omitted when square edge boards are used. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard with the joints reinforced with paper tape. 4. Steel Corner Fasteners — (Optional) — For use at wall corners. Channel shaped, 2 in. long by 1 in. high on the back side with two 1/8 in. wide cleats protruding into the 5/8 in. wide channel, fabricated from 24 gauge galv steel. Fasteners applied only to the end or cut edge (not along tapered edges) of the wallboard, no greater than 2 in. from corner of wallboard, max spacing 16 in. OC. Nailed to adjacent stud through tab using one No. 6d cement coated nail per fastener. Corners of wallboard shall be nailed to top and bottom plate using No. 6d cement coated nails. 5. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Mineral wool insulation placed in stud cavities. THERMAFIBER INC — Type SAFB, SAFB FF. ROCKWOOL — Type SAFEnSOUND 6. Non-Bearing Wall Partition Intersection — (Optional) Two nominal 2 by 4 in. stud or nominal 2 by 6 in. stud nailed together with two 3in. long 10d nails spaced a max. 16 in. OC. vertically and fastened to one side of the minimum 2 by 4 in. stud with 3 in. long 10d nails spaced a max 16 in. OC. vertically. Intersection between partition wood studs to be flush with the 2 by 4 in. studs. The wall partition wood studs are to be framed by with a second 2 by 4 in. wood stud fastened with 3 in. long 10d nails spaced a max. 16 in. OC. vertically. Maximum one non-bearing wall partition intersection per stud cavity. Non-bearing wall partition stud depth shall be at a minimum equal to the depth of the bearing wall. 7. Wall and Par tition Facings and Accessories* — (CLBV) (Optional, Not Shown) — For use with Item 1, Item 2, Item 3, and Item 5. For maximum fire rating of 1 hour. On one side of the wall, over the first layer of Gypsum Board (Item 2), install RefleXor membrane with the gold side facing outwards. Membrane installed with T50 staples spaced 12 inches on center in both directions as per manufacturer's instructions, seams in membrane to be overlapped by 2 inches. When RefleXor membrane is used an additional layer of Gypsum Board identical to the one used in the first layer and as specified in Item 2 shall be installed over the membrane. The additional layer of Gypsum Board to be installed through the membrane to the stud as specified in Item 2 except the fastener length shall be increased by a minimum of 5/8 inch. Install Batts and blankets in the stud cavity as per Item 5. On the other side of the wall, prior to the installation of the Gypsum Board, install Resilient Channels , 25 MSG galv steel, spaced vertically 24 in. OC, flange portion screw attached to one side of studs with 1-1/4 in. long diamond shaped point, double lead Phillips head steel screws. Over the Resilient Channels install 3/4 inch thick SONOpan panel secured to the Resilient Channels with min. 1-1/4 in. long drywall screws and washers spaced at 16 in. OC on the perimeter of the panel and 8 in. OC in the field of the panel. Over the SONOpan panel install the same Gypsum Board as specified in Item 2 with the fastener length increased by minimum 3/4 inch. Not evaluated or intended as a substitute for the required layer(s) of UL Classified Gypsum Board. Alternately, on the other side of the wall prior to the installation of the Gypsum Board (Item 2), install 3/4 in. thick SONOpan panels, secured to one side of studs either horizontally or vertically. Panels secured to each stud with min. 1-1/4 in. long drywall screws spaced 12 in. OC. Over the SONOpan, install 25 MSG galv. steel, Resilient Channels, spaced vertically 24 in. OC. Resilient Channels fastened through panels to each stud with min. 2 in. long drywall screws or self-tapping screws. Over the Resilient Channels install Gypsum Board as specified in Item 2 with drywall screws. Panels not evaluated or intended as a substitute for the required layer(s) of UL Classified Gypsum Board.   MSL — RefleXor membrane, SONOpan panel. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Last Updated on 2021-06-10 The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. 6/28/2021 BXUV.U314 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14895 4/4 UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2021 UL LLC" BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] Design No. U465 BXUV.U465 Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design No. U465 June 07, 2013 Nonbearing Wall Rating — 1 HR. 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) — Channel shaped runners, 3-5/8 in. deep (min), 1-1/4 in. legs, formed from min No. 25 MSG galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. 1A. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) — As an alternate to Item 1 - Channel shaped, min 3-5/8 in. deep, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC. max. ALLSTEEL & GYPSUM PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System CONSOLIDATED FABRICATORS CORP, BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV — Type SUPREME Framing System QUAIL RUN BUILDING MATERIALS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System Home Quick Guide Contact Us UL.com BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] SCAFCO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURING CO — Type SUPREME Framing System STEEL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System UNITED METAL PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System 1B. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 2B, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. wide by min 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper20™ Track CRACO MFG INC — SmarterTrack20™, SmartTrack20™ MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper20™ Track PHILLIPS MFG CO L L C — Viper20™ Track 1C. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown)—For use with Item 2C- Channel shaped, fabricated from min 20 MSG corrosion-protected or galv steel, min depth to accommodate stud size, with min 1 in. long legs, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced max 24 in. OC. 1D. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not shown - In lieu of Items 1 through 1C — For use with Item 2D and 4G only, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. deep by min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.018 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS — CD ProTRAK DMFCWBS L L C — ProTRAK MBA BUILDING SUPPLIES — ProTRAK RAM SALES L L C — Ram ProTRAK SOUTHEASTERN STUD & COMPONENTS INC — ProTRAK STEEL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS L L C — Tri-S ProTRAK 1E. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not shown - In lieu of Items 1 through 1D — For use with Item 2E and 4I only, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. deep by min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.018 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — TRUE-TRACK™ 1F. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not shown - In lieu of Items 1 through 1E — For use with Item 2, channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. deep by min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 25 MSG steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. KIRII (HONG KONG) LTD — Type KIRII BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] 1G. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not shown - In lieu of Items 1 through 1F — For use with Item 2, channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. deep by min 3-5/8 in. wide, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — CROCSTUD Track 1H. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) — Channel shaped, fabricated from min 0.02 in. galv steel, min width to accommodate stud size, with min 1 in. long legs, for use with studs specified below and fabricated from min 0.02 in. galv steel or thicker, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced max 24 in. OC. MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper20™ Track VT100. 1I. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 2H, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. wide by min 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — Viper20™ Track 2. Steel Studs — Channel shaped, 3-5/8 in. deep (min), formed from min No. 25 MSG galv steel spaced 24 in. OC max. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. 2A. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — As an alternate to Item 2 - Channel shaped studs, min 3-5/8 in. deep, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. ALLSTEEL & GYPSUM PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System CONSOLIDATED FABRICATORS CORP, BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV — Type SUPREME Framing System QUAIL RUN BUILDING MATERIALS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System SCAFCO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURING CO — Type SUPREME Framing System STEEL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System UNITED METAL PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System 2B. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 — For use with Item 1B, proprietary channel shaped steel studs, 1-1/4 in. wide by min 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel. Studs cut 3/4 in. less in length than assembly height. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper20™ CRACO MFG INC — SmarterStud20™, SmartStud20™ MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper20™ PHILLIPS MFG CO L L C — Viper20™ 2C. Steel Studs — (As an alternate to Item 2, For use with Item 4E) Channel shaped, fabricated from min 20 MSG corrosion-protected or galv steel, 3-1/2 in. min depth, spaced a max of 16 in. OC. Studs friction-fit into BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] floor and ceiling runners. Studs to be cut 5/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. 2D. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — As an alternate to Items 2 through 2C- For use with Item 1D and 4G only, channel shaped studs, min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.018 in. thick galv steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than assembly height. CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS — CD ProSTUD DMFCWBS L L C — ProSTUD MBA BUILDING SUPPLIES — ProSTUD RAM SALES L L C — Ram ProSTUD SOUTHEASTERN STUD & COMPONENTS INC — ProSTUD STEEL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS L L C — Tri-S ProSTUD 2E. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — As an alternate to Items 2 through 2D- For use with Item 1E and 4I only, channel shaped studs, min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.018 in. thick galv steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than assembly height. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — TRUE-STUD™ 2F. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — As an alternate to Items 2 through 2E- For use with Item 1F, channel shaped studs, min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 25 MSG steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than assembly height. KIRII (HONG KONG) LTD — Type KIRII 2G. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 through 2F - For use with Item 1G. Proprietary channel shaped studs, minimum 3-5/8 in. wide, Studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than the assembly height. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — CROCSTUD 2H. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 — For use with Item 1I, proprietary channel shaped steel studs, 1-1/4 in. wide by min 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel. Studs cut 3/4 in. less in length than assembly height. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — Viper20™ 3. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional) — Mineral wool or glass fiber batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for names of Classified companies. 3A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 3) — (100% Borate Formulation) — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2.7 lb/ft 3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 lb/ft 3, in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. U S GREENFIBER L L C — INS735 & INS745 for use with wet or dry application. INS765LD and INS770LD are to be used for dry application only. 3B. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 3) and Item 3A - Spray applied cellulose BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU-WOOL CO INC — Cellulose Insulation 3C. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 3) - Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The minimum dry density shall be 4.30 lbs/ft3. INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP — Celbar-RL 3D. Batts and Blankets* — For use with Item 8. Nom 3 in. thick, minimum 3.4 pcf mineral wool batts, friction fit between the studs and floor and ceiling runners. See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for names of manufacturers. 4. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. along edges of board and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. When attached to item 6 (resilient channels) or 6A or 6C (furring channels), gypsum board is screw attached to furring channels with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD — Type X AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AG-C, AGX-1, M-Glass BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS PUBLIC LTD CO — Type DBX-1. CGC INC — Types AR, C, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Types 1, EGRG, GlasRoc, Type X, Type C, SilentFX, 5/8" Easi-Lite Type X. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM CANADA INC — Type C, Type X, Type Abuse-Resistant, 5/8" Easi-Lite Type X. GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types 5, 6, 9, C, DAP, DD, DA, DAPC, DGG, DS, GPFS6, LS. LAFARGE NORTH AMERICA INC — Types LGFC2, LGFC2A, LGFC6, LGFC6A, LGFC-C, LGFC-C/A, LGFC-WD, LGLLX. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Types FSK, FSK-C, FSK-G, FSW-C, FSW-G, FSW, FSW-3, FSW-5, FSW-6, FSL. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Types PG-C, PG-9, PG-11, PGS-WRS. PANEL REY S A — Types GREX, PRX, RHX, MDX, ETX. SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO LTD — Type EX-1 TEMPLE-INLAND — Type X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type X, Water Rated - Type X, Sheathing - Type X, Soffit - Type X, TG-C, GreenGlass Type X, Type X ComfortGuard Sound Deadening Gypsum Board. BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type X, Type C. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type AR, C, FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRC, WRX, USGX (Joint tape and compound, Item 5, optional for use with Type USGX). USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. 4A. Gypsum Board* — (As alternate to Item 4) - Nom 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically or horizontally. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of studs need not be staggered or backed by steel framing. Panels attached to steel studs and floor runner with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC when applied horizontally, or 8 in. OC along vertical and bottom edges and 12 in. OC in the field when panels are applied vertically. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum panels to be installed horizontally. CGC INC — Types AR, C, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type X, Type C, Type EGRG/ GlasRoc. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM CANADA INC — Type X, Type C, Type EGRG/ GlasRoc. GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types DAP, DAPC, DGG, DS. LAFARGE NORTH AMERICA INC — Type LGFC6A, LGFC-C/A THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type X, Type C. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — T ype AR, C, FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRC, WRX, , USGX (Joint tape and compound, Item 5, optional for use with Type USGX). USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. 4B. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 4 or 4A) — Nom 3/4 in. thick, 4 ft wide, installed as described in Item 4A with screw length increased to 1-1/4 in. CGC INC — Types AR, IP-AR. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types AR, IP-AR. USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types AR, IP-AR. 4C. Gypsum Board* — As an alternate to Items 4, 4A, and 4B - Nom. 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, with square edges, applied horizontally. Gypsum panels fastened to framing with 1 in. long bugle head steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last 2 screws 3/4 in. and 4 in. from each edge of board. Horizontal joints need not be backed by steel framing. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of studs on interior walls need not be staggered or backed by steel framing. TEMPLE-INLAND — GreenGlass Type X. BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] 4D. Gypsum Board* — As an alternate to Items 4, 4A, 4B, and 4C - Nom. 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels applied horizontally. Horizontal joints need not be backed by steel framing. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of studs need not be staggered. Gypsum panels fastened to framing with 1 in. long Type S steel screws 1-1/2 in. from board edges, 3 in. from board edge and every 8 in. OC in the field. Screws spaced a max 12 in. along the top and bottom edges of the wall. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Types FSK, FSK-C, FSK-G, FSW-C, FSW-G, FSW. 4E. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4D) - Installed as described in Item 4. 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically only and fastened to the studs and plates with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced, 8 in. OC. Not to be used with item 6. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — SoundBreak XP Type X Gypsum Board 4F. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown) - (As an alternate to Item 4 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of wall. For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2C) - Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Gypsum board secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. RAY-BAR ENGINEERING CORP — Type RB-LBG 4G. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4F) — For use with Items 1D and 2D only, 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. along edges of board and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. LAFARGE NORTH AMERICA INC — Type LGFC6A, LGFC-C/A NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Types FSW UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SCX 4H. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4G) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, applied vertically and secured as described in Item 4. SERIOUS ENERGY INC — Types QuietRock ES, QuietRock 527. 4I. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4F) — For use with Items 1E and 2E only, 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. along edges of board and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SCX 4J. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown) - (As an alternate to Item 4 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of wall. For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2C) - Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Gypsum board secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. To be used with Lead Batten Strips (see Item 9A) or Lead Discs (see Item 10A). MAYCO INDUSTRIES INC — Type X-Ray Shielded Gypsum 4K. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 4 and 4A, not for use with Items 1D, 1E, 2D and 2E) - Nom. 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges installed as described in Item 4 and 4A. CGC INC — Type ULX BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type ULX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type ULX 4L. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown) - (As an alternate to Item 4 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of wall. For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2C). Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws gypsum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 8 ft long with a max thickness of 0.14 in. placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with construction adhesive and two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, nominal 3/8 in. diam by max 0.085 in. thick. Compression fitted or adhered over the screw heads. Lead batten strips and discs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". RADIATION PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC — Type RPP - Lead Lined Drywall 4M. Gypsum Board* — (For use with Item 8) - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, applied vertically over Mineral and Fiber Board (Item 8) with vertical joints located anywhere over stud cavities. Secured to mineral and fiber boards with 1-1/2 in. Type G Screws spaced 8 in. OC along edges of each vertical joint and 12 in. OC in intermediate field of the Mineral and Fiber Board (Item 8). Secured to outermost studs and floor and ceiling runners with 2 in. long Type S screws spaced 8 in. OC. Gypsum Board joints covered with paper tape and joint compound. Screw heads covered with joint compound. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Type AG-C CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type FRPC, Type C CERTAINTEED GYPSUM CANADA INC — Type C CGC INC — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types 5, DAPC LAFARGE NORTH AMERICA INC — Types LGFC-C, LGFC-C/A NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Types FSK-C, FSW-C PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type PG-C. PANEL REY S A — Type PRC TEMPLE-INLAND — Type TG-C THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR 5. Joint Tape and Compound — Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw heads; paper tape, 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nominal 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. Paper tape and joint compound may be omitted when gypsum boards are supplied with square edges. 6. Resilient Channel — (Optional-Not Shown) — 25 MSG galv steel resilient channels spaced vertically max 24 in. OC, flange portion attached to each intersecting stud with 1/2 in. long type S-12 pan head steel screws. May not be used with Item 4F or 4J. 6A. Steel Framing Members (Not Shown)* — As an alternate to Item 6, furring channels and resilient sound isolation clip as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-9/16 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping No. 6 framing screws, min 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. b. Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to studs (Item 2). Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with 1-5/8 in. wafer or hex head Type S steel screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC-1 clip for use with 2-9/16 in. wide furring channels. RSIC-1 (2.75) clip for use with 2-23/32 in. wide furring channels. PAC INTERNATIONAL INC — Types RSIC-1, RSIC-1 (2.75). 6B. Framing Members* — Optional - Not Shown - Used as an alternate method to attach resilient channels (Item 6). Clips attached at each intersection of the resilient channel and the steel studs (Item 2). Resilient channels are friction fitted into clips, and then clips are secured to the stud with min. 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws through the center hole of the clip and the resilient channel flange. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type RC Assurance. 6C. Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — (Optional on one or both sides) — As an alternate to Item 6, furring channel and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced max. 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 4. b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 6Ca) to studs (Item 2). Clips spaced max. 48 in. OC. GENIECLIPS secured to studs with No. 8 x 1-1/2 in. minimum self-drilling, S-12 steel screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. PLITEQ INC — Type Genie Clip 6D. Steel Framing Members — (Optional, Not Shown)* - Furring channels and resilient sound isolation clip as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and secured together with four self-tapping No. 8x1/2 Self Drilling screws (2 per side 1 in. and 4 in. from overlap edge). Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 4. Side joint furring channels shall be attached to studs with RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237R located approximately 2 in. from each end of length of channel. Both Gypsum Boards at side joints fastened into channel with screws spaced 8 in. OC, approximately 1/2 in. from joint edge. b. Steel Framing Members* — Resilient sound isolation clip used to attach furring channels (Item 6Da) to studs. Clips spaced 24 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 10 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction BXUV.U465 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 http://database.ul.com/...ANSI/UL+263&objid=1074330743&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984818&sequence=1[8/8/2013 8:57:01 AM] fitted into clips. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237R 7. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — (Optional, Not shown) — Nominal 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, for optional use as an additional layer on one or both sides of the assembly. Panels attached in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. When the QR-510 panel is installed between the steel framing and the UL Classified gypsum board, the required UL Classified gypsum board layer(s) is/are to be installed as indicated as to fastener type and spacing, except that the required fastener length shall be increased by a minimum of 1/2 in. Not evaluated or intended as a substitute for the required layer(s) of UL Classified Gypsum Board. SERIOUS ENERGY INC — Type QuietRock QR-510. 8. Mineral and Fiber Board* — (Optional, Not shown) — For optional use as an additional layer on one side of wall. Nom 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide with long dimension parallel and centered over studs. Attached to studs and floor and ceiling runners with 1-5/8 in. long Type S steel screws, spaced 12 in. OC and 24 in. OC along all intermediate framing. The required UL Classified gypsum board layer (Item 4M) is to be installed over the Mineral and Fiber Boards. Batts and Blankets, Item 3D, and Adhesive, Item 11, are required. 9. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 4E) - Lead batten strips, min 1-1/2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.125 in. Strips placed on the interior face of studs and attached from the exterior face of the stud with two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum board (Item 4E) and optional at remaining stud locations. Required behind vertical joints. 9A. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, for use with Item 4J) Lead batten strips, 2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.140 in. Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or with one min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "A, B, C or D". Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 4J) and optional at remaining stud locations. 10. Lead Discs or Tabs — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 4E) - Used in lieu of or in addition to the lead batten strips (Item 8) or optional at other locations - Max 3/4 in. diam by max 0.125 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads or max 1/2 in. by 1-1/4 in. by max 0.125 in. thick lead tabs placed on gypsum boards (Item 4E) underneath screw locations prior to the installation of the screws. Lead discs or tabs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 10A. Lead Discs — (Not Shown, for use with Item 4J) Max 5/16 in. diam by max 0.140 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads. Lead discs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal Specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "A, B, C or D". 11. Adhesive — Not Shown - (For use with Item 8) - Construction grade adhesive applied in vertical, serpentine, nominal 3/8 in. wide beads down the length of both vertical edges of Mineral and Fiber Board (Item 8). *Bearing the UL Classification Mark Last Updated on 2013-06-07 Questions?Print this page Terms of Use Page Top © 2013 UL LLC When the UL Leaf Mark is on the product, or when the word "Environment" is included in the UL Mark, please search the UL Environment database for additional information regarding this product's certification. The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2013 UL LLC". 6/3/2021 BXUV.V497 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=15257 1/3 BXUV.V497 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Cer tified for UnitedStates BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Cer tified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. V497 June 12, 2020 Nonbearing Wall Rating - 1 or 2 Hr * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Cer tification Mark forjurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Cer tification (such as Canada), respectively. 6/3/2021 BXUV.V497 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=15257 2/3 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not Shown) — Channel shaped, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion-protected steel, min width to accommodate stud size, with min 1-1/4 in. long legs, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. 1A. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 1. For use with Item 2A, channel shaped, min width to accommodate stud size, with min 1-1/4 in. long legs, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper25™ Track 2. Steel Studs — Channel shaped, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion-protected steel, min 3-5/8 in. wide, min 1-1/4 in. flanges, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. 2A. Steel Studs* — Channel shaped, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion-protected steel, min 3-5/8 in. wide, min 1-1/4 in. flanges, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper25™ 3. Laminating Compound — For use with Item 4 - Used to bond outer layer wallboard to inner layer wallboard. Powder type mixed with water in accordance with instructions shown on bags. Applied to entire surface of base layer wallboard. Applied with notched trowel producing continuous beads about 1/4 in. wide and 1/4 in. high. 4. Gypsum Board* — 1 Hr Rating - Applied to one side of steel studs (Item 2). Two layers of 5/8 in. gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges. Gypsum panels applied vertically with joints centered over studs. Base layer applied with 1 in. Type S screws spaced 24 in. oc. Face layer applied vertically with joints centered over studs and offset from base layer joints by one stud cavity. Face layer applied with 1-5/8 in. Type S screws spaced 12 in. oc starting with a 6 in. offset from the bottom of the gypsum panel. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — 5/8 in. thick Types eXP-C, FSL, FSW, FSK, FSW-3, FSW-5, FSW-G, FSK-G, FSW-6, FSW-8, FSW-C, FSMR-C, FSK- C, Type SBWB 4A. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 3 and 4) -- 1 Hr Rating - Applied to one side of steel studs (Item 2). Three layers of 5/8 in. gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges. Gypsum panels applied vertically or horizontally with vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity in adjacent layers. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints in adjacent layers staggered a minimum of 12 in. Horizontal joints need not be backed by steel framing. First layer applied with 1 in. Type S screws spaced 24 in. oc. Second layer applied vertically with joints centered over studs and offset from base layer joints by 24 in. Second layer applied with 1-5/8 in. Type S screws spaced 24 in. oc. Face layer applied vertically 6/3/2021 BXUV.V497 - Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=15257 3/3 with joints centered over studs and offset from second layer joints by 24 in. Face layer applied with 2-1/4 in. Type S screws spaced 12 in. oc starting with a 6 in. offset from the bottom of the gypsum panel. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — 5/8 in. thick Type eXP-C, FSL, FSW, FSK, FSW-3, FSW-5, FSW-G, FSK-G, FSW-6, FSW-C, FSMR-C, FSK-C, Type SBWB 4B. Gypsum Board* — 1 Hr Rating - (As an alternate to Item 4A) - Nom. 5/16 in. thick gypsum panels applied vertically. Two layers of 5/16 in. for every single layer of 5/8 in. gypsum board described in Item 4A. Horizontal joints on the same side need not be staggered. Inner layer of each double 5/16 in. layer attached with fasteners, as described in item 4A, spaced 24 in. OC. Outer layer of each double 5/16 in. layer attached per Item 4A. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type FSW 4C. Gypsum Board* — 2 Hour Rating — Applied to one side of steel studs (Item 2). Four layers of 5/8 in. gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges. Gypsum panels applied vertically or horizontally with vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity in adjacent layers. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints in adjacent layers staggered a minimum of 12 in. Horizontal joints need not be backed by steel framing. First layer applied with 1 in. Type S screws spaced 24 in. oc. Second layer applied with 1-5/8 in. Type S screws spaced 24 in. oc. Third layer applied with 2-1/2 in. Type S screws spaced 16 in. oc. Fourth layer applied with 3" Type S screws spaced 12 in. o.c. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — 5/8 in. thick Type eXP-C, FSL, FSW, FSK, FSW-3, FSW-5, FSW-G, FSK-G, FSW-6, FSW-C, FSMR-C, FSK-C, Type SBWB 5. Joint Tape and Compound — (Not Shown) - Joints covered with joint compound and paper tape. Paper tape, nom 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints of outer panels. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Cer tification Mark forjurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada),respectively. Last Updated on 2020-06-12 The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2021 UL LLC" FC 5407 (1 HOUR): Base Layer 5/8"(15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied at right angles to wood I-joists 24"o.c. with 1-1/4" Type W or S drywall screws 24"oc. Face layer 5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied at right angles to I-joists with 1-7/8" Typwe W or S drywall Screws 12"o.c. at joints and intermediate I-joists and 1-1/2" Type G screew 12" o .c placed 2" back on either side of end joints. Joints offset 24" from base layer joints. Wood I-joists supporting 1/2" wood structural panels applied at right angle to trussees with 8d nails. Ceiling provides one hour fire resistance protection for trusses.